1 #LyX 1.6.0svn created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/
7 % DO NOT ALTER THIS PREAMBLE!!!
9 % This preamble is designed to ensure that the User's Guide prints
10 % out as advertised. If you mess with this preamble,
11 % parts of the User's Guide may not print out as expected. If you
12 % have problems LaTeXing this file, please contact
13 % the documentation team
14 % email: lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org
16 \usepackage{ifpdf} % part of the hyperref bundle
17 \ifpdf % if pdflatex is used
19 % set fonts for nicer pdf view
20 \IfFileExists{lmodern.sty}{\usepackage{lmodern}}{}
22 \fi % end if pdflatex is used
24 % for correct jump positions whe clicking on a link to a float
25 \usepackage[figure]{hypcap}
27 % the pages of the TOC is numbered roman
28 % and a pdf-bookmark for the TOC is added
29 \let\myTOC\tableofcontents
30 \renewcommand\tableofcontents{%
32 \pdfbookmark[1]{\contentsname}{}
36 % redefine the \LyX macro for PDF bookmarks
37 \def\LyX{\texorpdfstring{%
38 L\kern-.1667em\lower.25em\hbox{Y}\kern-.125emX\@}
41 % define a short command for \textvisiblespace
42 \newcommand{\spce}{\textvisiblespace}
44 % redefine the greyed out note
45 \renewenvironment{lyxgreyedout}
46 {\textcolor{blue}\bgroup}{\egroup}
48 \options intoc,bibtotoc,idxtotoc,BCOR7mm,tablecaptionabove
53 \font_typewriter default
54 \font_default_family default
64 \pdf_title "The LyX User's Guide"
65 \pdf_author "LyX Team"
69 \pdf_bookmarksnumbered true
70 \pdf_bookmarksopen false
71 \pdf_bookmarksopenlevel 1
76 \pdf_pagebackref false
77 \pdf_pdfusetitle false
78 \pdf_quoted_options "linkcolor=black, citecolor=black, urlcolor=blue, filecolor=blue,pdfpagelayout=OneColumn, pdfnewwindow=true,pdfstartview=XYZ, plainpages=false, pdfpagelabels,pdftex"
85 \paperorientation portrait
96 \paragraph_separation indent
98 \quotes_language english
101 \paperpagestyle default
102 \tracking_changes false
103 \output_changes false
119 \begin_layout Plain Layout
121 If you have comments or error corrections, please send them to the LyX Documenta
123 \begin_inset CommandInset href
125 target "lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org"
136 \begin_inset Newline newline
140 \begin_inset Newline newline
144 \begin_inset Note Note
147 \begin_layout Plain Layout
148 The latest PDF-version of this document can be found here:
149 \begin_inset Newline newline
154 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/DocumentationDevelopment#UserGuide
162 \begin_layout Standard
163 \begin_inset CommandInset toc
164 LatexCommand tableofcontents
171 \begin_layout Chapter
175 \begin_layout Section
179 \begin_layout Standard
180 LyX is a document preparation system.
181 It is a tool for producing beautiful manuscripts, publishable books, business
182 letters and proposals, and even poetry.
183 It is unlike most other
184 \begin_inset Quotes eld
188 \begin_inset Quotes erd
191 in the sense that it uses the paradigm of a markup language as its core
193 That means that when you type a section header, you mark it as a
194 \begin_inset Quotes eld
198 \begin_inset Quotes erd
202 \begin_inset Quotes eld
205 Bold, 17 pt type, left justified, 5 mm space below
206 \begin_inset Quotes erd
210 LyX takes care of the typesetting for you, so you deal only with concepts,
214 \begin_layout Standard
215 This philosophy is explained in much greater detail in the
218 \begin_inset Quotes eld
222 \begin_inset Quotes erd
228 If you haven't read it yet, you need to.
232 \begin_layout Standard
234 \begin_inset Quotes eld
242 \begin_inset Quotes erd
245 describes several things in addition to LyX's philosophy: most importantly,
246 the format of all of the manuals.
247 If you don't read it, you'll have a bear of a time navigating this manual.
248 You might also be better served looking in one of the other manuals instead
251 \begin_inset Quotes eld
259 \begin_inset Quotes erd
265 \begin_layout Section
269 \begin_layout Standard
270 Like most applications, LyX has the familiar menu bar across the top of
272 Below it is a toolbar with a pulldown box and various buttons.
273 There is, of course, a vertical scrollbar and a main work area for editing
275 Near the bottom of the window is a small window containing a single line
282 \begin_inset Quotes eld
286 \begin_inset Quotes erd
294 when you need to type a command in the minibuffer.
297 \begin_layout Standard
298 Note that there is no horizontal scroll bar.
299 This is not a bug or an oversight, but intentional.
300 When you read a book, you expect the end of a line to wrap around to the
302 Text overflows onto new pages in a vertical fashion, hence the need for
303 only a vertical scrollbar.
304 There are three cases where you might want a horizontal scrollbar.
305 The first case is large figures, displayed WYSIWYG\SpecialChar \@.
306 This, however, is due
307 to a flaw in the routine that displays graphics on the LyX screen in a
308 WYSIWYG fashion; it should rescale the graphics to fit in the window, just
309 as you'd need to rescale graphics to fit on a page.
310 The second and third cases are tables and equations which are wider than
312 You can use the arrow keys to scroll horizontally through the table, but
313 this doesn't work for equations yet.
316 \begin_layout Standard
317 For a brief description of all LyX menus and toolbar buttons, have a look
323 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
325 reference "cha:The-User-Interface"
330 Most of them are self-explanatory and you'll find them listed in the correspond
331 ing sections of this documentation.
334 \begin_layout Section
338 \begin_layout Standard
339 The help system consists of the LyX manuals.
344 of the manuals from inside LyX.
345 Just select the manual you want read from the
352 \begin_layout Section
354 \begin_inset CommandInset label
356 name "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
363 \begin_layout Standard
364 There are several features of LyX that can be configured from inside LyX,
365 without resorting to configuration files.
366 First, LyX is able to inspect your system to see what programs, LaTeX document
367 classes and LaTeX packages are available.
368 It uses this knowledge to give reasonable defaults to several
374 \begin_layout Plain Layout
383 Although this configuration has already been done when LyX was installed
384 on your system, you might have some items that you installed locally, e.g.
385 new LaTeX classes, and which are not seen by LyX.
386 To force LyX to re-inspect your system, you should use
388 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
395 \begin_layout Plain Layout
396 Reconfiguration of LyX
401 You should then restart LyX to ensure that the changes are taken into account.
404 \begin_layout Section
406 \begin_inset CommandInset label
408 name "sec:LaTeX-Setup"
415 \begin_layout Standard
416 LyX needs several LaTeX packages to work properly.
417 The packages found on the system by LyX are listed in the file
425 \begin_layout Plain Layout
440 that will be created when using the menu
442 Help\SpecialChar \menuseparator
447 \begin_layout Plain Layout
461 You should install the required missing packages and then reconfigure LyX.
462 \begin_inset Note Note
465 \begin_layout Plain Layout
466 The two braces in the TeX Code box prevent that the term
467 \begin_inset Quotes eld
471 \begin_inset Quotes erd
474 is printed with sub- and superscript letters.
475 More about TeX Code is described in section
480 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
482 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
486 , the printout of proper names like LaTeX is explained in section
491 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
493 reference "sub:LyX's-Proper-Names"
506 \begin_layout Plain Layout
507 Reconfiguration of LyX
515 \begin_layout Chapter
519 \begin_layout Section
520 Basic File Operations
524 \begin_layout Plain Layout
533 \begin_layout Standard
538 menu are basic operations for any word processor in addition to some more
542 \begin_layout Itemize
548 \begin_layout Itemize
566 \begin_layout Itemize
572 \begin_layout Itemize
578 \begin_layout Itemize
584 \begin_layout Itemize
594 \begin_layout Itemize
608 \begin_layout Itemize
618 \begin_layout Itemize
624 \begin_layout Itemize
630 \begin_layout Itemize
636 \begin_layout Itemize
642 \begin_layout Standard
643 They all do pretty much the same thing as in other word processors, with
644 a few minor differences.
647 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
662 command not only prompts you for a name for the new file, but also prompts
663 you for a template to use.
664 Selecting a template will automatically set certain layout features for
665 the document, features you would otherwise need to change manually.
666 They can be of use for certain classes, especially those for writing letters
672 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
674 reference "sec:Document-Classes"
681 \begin_layout Standard
683 \begin_inset Quotes eld
687 \begin_inset Quotes erd
691 \begin_inset Quotes eld
695 \begin_inset Quotes erd
699 \begin_inset Quotes eld
703 \begin_inset Quotes erd
706 Unless you tell LyX to open a file or create a new one, that big, blank
707 space is just that --- a big, blank space.
710 \begin_layout Standard
731 are useful if more people work on the same document at the same time
735 \begin_layout Plain Layout
736 If you plan to do this, you should check out the Version Control feature
761 will reload the document from disk.
762 You can of course also use it if you regret that you changed a document
763 and want to restore it to the last save.
772 you can there register the changes you made to a document so that others
773 can identify this as your changes.
776 \begin_layout Section
777 Basic Editing Features
781 \begin_layout Plain Layout
788 \begin_inset CommandInset label
790 name "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
797 \begin_layout Standard
798 Like most modern word processors, LyX can perform cut and paste operations
799 on blocks of text, can move by character, word, or screenful of text, and
800 can delete whole words as well as individual characters.
801 The next four sections cover the basic LyX editing features and how to
803 We'll start with cut and paste.
806 \begin_layout Standard
807 As you might expect, the
811 menu has the cut and paste commands, along with various other editing features.
812 Some of these are special and covered in later sections.
816 \begin_layout Itemize
822 \begin_layout Itemize
828 \begin_layout Itemize
834 \begin_layout Itemize
844 \begin_layout Itemize
854 \begin_layout Itemize
868 \begin_layout Standard
869 The first three are self-explanatory.
870 One thing to note: whenever you delete a block of text that you've selected,
871 it's automatically placed in the clipboard.
880 keys also functions as the
885 Also, if you've selected text, be careful: If you hit a key, LyX will completel
886 y delete the selected text and replace it with what you just typed.
891 to get back the lost text.
894 \begin_layout Standard
898 \begin_layout Plain Layout
904 You can also copy text between LyX and other programs by cut, copy and paste.
913 shows you a list with the last strings you have pasted.
916 \begin_layout Standard
919 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
924 Special\SpecialChar \menuseparator
935 will insert the text in the clipboard so that the whole text is inserted
941 A new paragraph is started when there is a blank line in the file.
950 , the text is inserted as Paragraphs, where the line breaks of the text
951 will start a new paragraph.
954 \begin_layout Standard
958 \begin_layout Plain Layout
968 \begin_layout Plain Layout
976 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1000 Once you've found a word or expression, LyX selects it.
1005 button replaces the selected text with the contents of the
1008 \begin_inset space ~
1017 \begin_inset space ~
1022 button to skip the current word.
1026 \begin_inset space ~
1031 to replace all occurrences of the text in the document automatically.
1035 \begin_inset space ~
1040 option can be used if you want the search to consider the case of the search
1042 If the toggle is set, searching for
1043 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1051 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1054 will not match the word
1055 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1063 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1069 Match whole words only
1071 option can be used to force LyX to only find complete words.
1073 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1081 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1085 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1093 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1099 \begin_layout Standard
1100 Things like notes, floats, etc., the so called insets can be dissolved.
1101 This means that the inset is deleted and its content is left as normal
1103 Dissolving an inset is done by setting the cursor to the beginning of an
1108 or by setting the cursor to the end and pressing
1115 \begin_layout Section
1120 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1130 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1137 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1139 name "sec:Undo-and-Redo"
1146 \begin_layout Standard
1147 If you make a mistake, you can easily recover from it.
1148 LyX has a large-capacity undo/redo buffer.
1151 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1154 to undo some mistake.
1155 If you accidentally undo too much, use
1157 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1161 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1165 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1168 The undo mechanism is currently limited to 100 steps to minimize memory
1173 \begin_layout Standard
1174 Notice that if you revert back all changes to arrive to the document as
1175 it was last saved, the
1176 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1180 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1183 status of the document is unfortunately not reset.
1184 This is a consequence of the 100 step undo limit, above.
1187 \begin_layout Standard
1196 work on almost everything in LyX.
1197 They have some quirks, too.
1206 text character by character, but by blocks of text.
1207 That can take some getting used to; you'll have to play with
1215 to get a feel for just how much they'll undo/redo, and after time, you'll
1216 surely appreciate how it works.
1219 \begin_layout Section
1224 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1233 \begin_layout Standard
1234 This are the most basic mouse operations.
1237 \begin_layout Enumerate
1242 \begin_layout Itemize
1247 once anywhere in the edit window.
1248 The cursor moves to the text under the mouse.
1252 \begin_layout Enumerate
1257 \begin_layout Itemize
1263 LyX marks the text between the old and new mouse positions.
1266 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1269 to create a copy of the text in LyX's buffer (and the clipboard).
1272 \begin_layout Itemize
1273 Re-position the cursor and then paste the text back into LyX using
1275 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1282 \begin_layout Enumerate
1283 Insets (Footnotes, Notes, Floats, etc.)
1287 \begin_layout Standard
1292 the left mouse button to open or close any of these.
1293 Right-click on them to set its properties.
1294 Also check the appropriate section of this manual for more details.
1298 \begin_layout Enumerate
1303 \begin_layout Standard
1308 the right mouse button to open a dialog that will allow you to manipulate
1313 \begin_layout Section
1315 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1317 name "sec:Key-Bindings"
1325 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1334 \begin_layout Standard
1335 We're not going to cover all of the keybindings.
1336 Be aware that there are at least two different primary binding maps: CUA
1338 LyX's default is CUA.
1341 \begin_layout Standard
1345 \begin_inset space ~
1353 \begin_inset space ~
1374 , do exactly what you expect them to do.
1378 \begin_layout Labeling
1379 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1383 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
1384 LatexCommand nomenclature
1386 description "Tabulator key"
1392 There is no such thing as a tab stop in LyX.
1393 If you don't understand this, go read sections
1394 \begin_inset space ~
1398 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1400 reference "sec:Par-indent-intro"
1405 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1407 reference "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
1411 , especially section
1412 \begin_inset space ~
1416 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1418 reference "sub:Lists"
1424 If you're still confused, look in the
1431 \begin_layout Labeling
1432 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1436 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
1437 LatexCommand nomenclature
1439 description "Escape key"
1446 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1450 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1453 It's used, generically, to cancel operations.
1454 Other parts of the manual will go into greater detail about this.
1457 \begin_layout Labeling
1458 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1464 \begin_inset space ~
1468 \begin_inset space ~
1475 These move the cursor, respectively, to the beginning and end of a line,
1476 unless you are using the Emacs bindings where they jump to the beginning
1480 \begin_layout Standard
1481 There are three modifier keys:
1484 \begin_layout Labeling
1485 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1491 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1499 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1503 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
1504 LatexCommand nomenclature
1506 description "Control key"
1510 in the documentation files) This has a couple of different uses, depending
1511 on which keys it's used in combination with:
1515 \begin_layout Itemize
1524 , it deletes an entire word instead of a single character.
1527 \begin_layout Itemize
1536 , it moves by words instead of characters.
1539 \begin_layout Itemize
1548 , it moves to the beginning and the end of the document, respectively.
1552 \begin_layout Labeling
1553 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1559 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1567 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1571 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
1572 LatexCommand nomenclature
1574 description "Shift key"
1578 in the documentation files) Use this with any of the motion keys to select
1579 the text between the old and new cursor positions.
1582 \begin_layout Labeling
1583 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1589 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1597 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1601 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
1602 LatexCommand nomenclature
1604 description "Meta or Alt key"
1608 in the documentation files) This is the Alt key on many keyboards, unless
1609 your keyboard has a distinct Meta key.
1610 If you have both keys, you will need to try out which one actually performs
1616 This key does many different things, but it also activates the
1618 menu accelerator keys
1621 If you use this in combination with any of the underlined letters in a
1622 menu or menu item, it selects that menu item.
1626 \begin_layout Standard
1627 For example, the sequence
1628 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1634 \begin_inset space ~
1638 \begin_inset space ~
1644 \begin_inset space ~
1652 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1660 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1664 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1669 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1675 \begin_inset space ~
1681 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1691 \begin_layout Standard
1692 There are also other things bound to the
1696 key, but you'll have to check in the
1708 \begin_layout Standard
1709 You'll learn more and more keybindings and short-cut keys as you use LyX,
1710 because most actions will prompt a small message in the status bar at the
1711 bottom of LyX's main window which describe the name of the action, you've
1712 just triggered, and any existing keybindings for that action.
1713 The notation for the keybindings is very similar to the notation used in
1714 this documentation, so you should not have any problems understanding it.
1715 However, notice that Shift-modifiers are explicitly mentioned, so
1718 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1724 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1731 followed by a capital
1737 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1745 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1755 \begin_layout Chapter
1760 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1769 \begin_layout Section
1774 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1783 \begin_layout Subsection
1787 \begin_layout Standard
1788 Before you do anything else, before you ever start writing a document, you
1789 need to decide what type of document you want to edit.
1790 Different types of documents use different types of spacing, headings,
1791 numbering schemes, and so on.
1792 Additionally, different documents use different paragraph environments,
1793 and format the title of your document differently.
1796 \begin_layout Standard
1801 describes a group of properties common to a particular set of documents.
1802 By setting the document class, you automatically select these properties,
1803 making it easier to create the type of document you want.
1804 If you don't choose a document class, LyX picks one for you by default.
1805 So, it behooves you to change the class of your document.
1808 \begin_layout Standard
1809 Read on for info about the document classes you can choose from LyX, and
1810 how to adjust their properties.
1813 \begin_layout Subsection
1818 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1825 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1827 name "sec:Document-Classes"
1834 \begin_layout Subsubsection
1838 \begin_layout Standard
1839 There are four standard document classes in LyX.
1843 \begin_layout Description
1844 Article for basic articles
1847 \begin_layout Description
1848 Report for basic reports
1851 \begin_layout Description
1852 Book for writing a book
1855 \begin_layout Description
1856 Letter for US-style letters
1859 \begin_layout Standard
1860 There are also some non-standard classes, which LyX only uses if you have
1862 Here are some of the classes, the full list with detailed explanations
1863 can be found in chapter
1865 Special Document Classes
1874 \begin_layout Description
1875 A&A Journal articles in the style and format used in Astronomy & Astrophysics
1878 \begin_layout Description
1885 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1894 eX For submissions to the journals published by the American Astronomical
1898 \begin_layout Description
1899 AMS Layouts for articles and books in the style and format used by the American
1900 Mathematical Society (AMS).
1901 There are three article layouts available.
1902 The standard one uses a typical numbering scheme for theorems etc., that
1903 prepends the section number to the number of the result.
1904 All result-type statements (propositions, corollaries, and so on) are sequenced
1905 together, but definitions, examples, and the like have their own sequence.
1907 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1910 sequential numbering
1911 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1914 scheme does not place the section number with each result, but numbers
1915 them throughout the article in a single sequence.
1916 Each type of result gets its own sequence.
1917 There is also a layout that dispenses with numbering of statements altogether.
1920 \begin_layout Description
1921 Beamer Layout for presentations
1924 \begin_layout Description
1925 broadway Layout for writing plays.
1926 It is not an existing LaTeX document class, but a new one which is distributed
1930 \begin_layout Description
1932 \begin_inset space ~
1935 vitae classes to create curriculum vitae
1938 \begin_layout Description
1939 Dinbrief Letters in format of the DIN (German industry norm)
1942 \begin_layout Description
1945 Die TeXnische Komödie
1947 , the journal of the German TeX user Group (Dante)
1950 \begin_layout Description
1951 Elsevier Layout for journals of the Elsevier publishing group
1954 \begin_layout Description
1955 Foils Used to make transparencies
1958 \begin_layout Description
1959 g-brief Letters in format of the DIN (German industry norm)
1962 \begin_layout Description
1963 hollywood Used to type spec scripts for the US film industry.
1964 It is not an existing LaTeX document class, but a new one which is distributed
1968 \begin_layout Description
1969 IEEEtran Layout for the journals published by the Institute of Electrical
1970 and Electronics Engineers (IEEE)
1973 \begin_layout Description
1974 IOP Layout for journals of the Institute of Physics publishing group
1977 \begin_layout Description
1978 Kluwer Layout for journals of the Kluwer publishing group
1981 \begin_layout Description
1982 koma-script a replacement for the standard classes, offers many useful features
1983 like caption formatting, automatic print space calculation etc.
1986 \begin_layout Description
1987 Memoir another replacement for the standard classes
1990 \begin_layout Description
1995 LaTeX document class
1998 \begin_layout Description
1999 Powerdot Layout for presentations
2002 \begin_layout Description
2007 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2014 X is used to write articles for the publications of the American Physical
2015 Society (APS), American Institute of Physics (AIP), and Optical Society
2017 This class is not completely compatible with all LyX features.
2020 \begin_layout Description
2021 Slides Used to make transparencies
2024 \begin_layout Description
2026 \begin_inset space ~
2029 Proceedings Layout for the journals published by The International Society
2030 for Optical Engineering (SPIE)
2033 \begin_layout Description
2034 Springer Layouts for journals of the Springer publishing group
2037 \begin_layout Description
2042 , the journal of the international TeX user Group (TUG)
2045 \begin_layout Standard
2046 We won't go into any detail about how to use these different document classes
2048 You can find all the details about the non-standard classes in the
2053 Here, we will settle with a list of some of the common properties of all
2054 of the document classes.
2057 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2061 \begin_layout Standard
2062 You can select a class using the
2064 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2069 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2078 Select the class you want to use, and make any fine tunings of the options
2082 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2083 \begin_inset CommandInset label
2093 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2102 \begin_layout Standard
2103 Since LyX 1.6, layout modules can be used to add additional features to a
2104 document without the user's having to include those features in a new layout
2106 The available modules are listed in the Available Modules pane of the
2108 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2113 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2122 Highlighting one of them will bring up a description of the module.
2123 Please note that some modules require LaTeX packages that are not always
2124 installed by default.
2125 LyX will warn you if you do not have the needed package.
2126 Note also that some modules require other modules, and some pairs of modules
2130 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2134 \begin_layout Standard
2135 Each class has a default set of options.
2136 Here's a quick table describing them:
2139 \begin_layout Standard
2140 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
2146 \begin_layout Standard
2148 \begin_inset Tabular
2149 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="5" columns="5">
2151 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2152 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2153 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2154 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2155 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2157 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2160 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2166 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2169 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2184 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2187 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2202 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2205 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2220 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2223 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2240 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2243 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2257 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2260 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2275 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2278 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2293 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2296 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2311 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2314 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2331 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2334 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2348 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2351 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2366 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2369 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2384 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2387 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2402 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2405 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2422 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2425 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2439 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2442 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2457 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2460 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2475 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2478 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2493 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2496 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2513 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2516 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2530 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2533 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2548 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2551 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2566 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2569 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2584 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2587 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2609 \begin_layout Standard
2610 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
2616 \begin_layout Standard
2617 You're probably also wondering what
2618 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2622 \begin_inset space ~
2626 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2630 There are several paragraph environments used to create section headings.
2631 Different document classes allow different types of section headings.
2636 heading; the rest do not and begin instead with the
2641 Some document classes, such as the ones for letters, don't use any section
2651 headings, there are also
2659 headings, and so on.
2660 We'll describe these headings fully in section
2661 \begin_inset space ~
2665 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
2667 reference "sub:Headings"
2674 \begin_layout Subsection
2679 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2686 \begin_inset CommandInset label
2688 name "sub:Document-Layout"
2698 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2707 \begin_layout Standard
2708 The most important properties of documents classes are set in the menu
2710 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2721 \begin_inset space ~
2726 , you can enter special options for your document class in a comma-separated
2728 This is only necessary if LyX doesn't support special options you want
2729 to use for your document.
2730 To learn more about your favorite LaTeX-class and its options, you have
2734 \begin_layout Standard
2738 \begin_inset space ~
2747 controls what sorts of headings and page numbers go on a page.
2748 You can choose between the following five options:
2751 \begin_layout Labeling
2752 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2757 Use default pagestyle of current class.
2760 \begin_layout Labeling
2761 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2766 No page numbers or headings.
2769 \begin_layout Labeling
2770 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2778 \begin_layout Labeling
2779 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2784 Page numbers and either the current chapter or section title and number.
2785 Whether LyX uses the current chapter or the current section depends on
2786 the maximum sectioning level of the class.
2789 \begin_layout Labeling
2790 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2795 This allows you to create fully customizable headers and footers if you
2804 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2805 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! fancyhdr
2811 At the moment, support in LyX is limited to this setting.
2812 To use the full power of this package, you have to add code to your document
2814 Check the documentation for the
2818 package for more details,
2819 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
2828 \begin_layout Standard
2833 of paragraphs is described in section
2834 \begin_inset space ~
2838 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
2840 reference "sec:Par-indent-intro"
2847 \begin_layout Subsection
2848 Paper Size and Orientation
2852 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2853 Document ! Paper size
2859 \begin_inset CommandInset label
2861 name "sub:Paper-Size,-Orientation,"
2868 \begin_layout Standard
2869 You'll find the following options in the menu
2872 \begin_inset space ~
2877 of the dialog of the
2879 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2888 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2897 \begin_layout Labeling
2898 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2903 What size paper to print on.
2907 \begin_layout Itemize
2913 \begin_layout Itemize
2923 \begin_layout Itemize
2929 \begin_layout Itemize
2935 \begin_layout Itemize
2941 \begin_layout Itemize
2947 \begin_layout Itemize
2953 \begin_layout Labeling
2954 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2959 Two toggle buttons choose whether to print the output as
2970 \begin_layout Labeling
2971 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2975 \begin_inset space ~
2980 Adjusts the print space to print both sides of paper.
2981 That means that the print space for odd- and even-numbered pages is different.
2984 \begin_layout Subsection
2989 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2996 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3006 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3015 \begin_layout Standard
3016 Paper margins are set in the menu
3018 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3027 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3036 \begin_layout Standard
3037 If you use a koma-script document class, you can use the default settings.
3038 Because koma-script calculates then the printspace automatically by taking
3039 the paper format and the font size into account.
3042 \begin_layout Subsection
3046 \begin_layout Standard
3047 If you change a document class, LyX has to convert
3052 That includes the paragraph environments.
3053 Some paragraph environments are standard; all of the document classes have
3054 them; but some classes have special paragraph environments.
3055 If this is the case, and you change the document class, LyX sets the missing
3056 paragraph environments to
3060 and places an error box at the beginning of the paragraph.
3061 Just click on them and you'll get a message dialog that tells you about
3062 the conversion and why it failed.
3065 \begin_layout Section
3066 Paragraph Indentation and Separation
3070 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3071 Paragraph ! Indentation
3079 \begin_layout Subsection
3081 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3083 name "sec:Par-indent-intro"
3090 \begin_layout Standard
3091 Before describing all of the various paragraph environments, we'd like to
3092 say a word or two about paragraph indentation.
3095 \begin_layout Standard
3096 Everyone seems to have their own convention for separating paragraphs.
3097 Most Americans indent the first line of a paragraph.
3098 Others don't indent but put extra space between the paragraphs.
3099 If you choose indentation for paragraphs the
3103 paragraph of a section, or after a figure, an equation, a table, a list,
3109 Only a paragraph following another paragraph gets indented.
3110 Note that the indentation behavior is different when you use another document
3111 language than English.
3112 LaTeX takes care that the indentation follows the rules of the used language.
3115 \begin_layout Standard
3116 The space between paragraphs, like the line spacing, the space between headings
3117 and text --- in fact, all of the spacings for just about everything are
3119 As we said, you don't worry about how much space to add between what.
3120 LyX takes care of that.
3121 In fact, these pre-coded vertical spacings aren't a single number but a
3123 That way, LyX can squish or stretch the space between lines to make sure
3124 figures fit on a page with text, so that sections don't start at the bottom
3125 of a page, and so on.
3129 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3130 LaTeX does this when LyX goes to produce a printable file.
3135 However, pre-coded doesn't mean you can't change them.
3136 LyX gives you the ability to globally change
3140 of these pre-coded spacings.
3141 We'll explain more later.
3144 \begin_layout Subsection
3145 Paragraph Separation
3149 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3150 Paragraph ! Separation
3158 \begin_layout Standard
3159 To separate paragraphs, select
3170 \begin_inset space ~
3177 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3182 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3190 to indent paragraphs or add extra space between paragraphs, respectively.
3191 The size of the skips can be defined in the dialog, for the indentation
3192 you have to add this line to your document preamble:
3195 \begin_layout Standard
3205 \begin_layout Standard
3206 where length is a value in one of the units listed in Appendix
3207 \begin_inset space ~
3211 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3213 reference "cap:Units"
3218 The default length is 30
3219 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
3225 \begin_layout Subsection
3229 \begin_layout Standard
3230 You can also change the separation method of a single paragraph.
3233 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3235 \begin_inset space ~
3240 dialog and toggle the
3243 \begin_inset space ~
3248 option to change the state of the current paragraph.
3249 If paragraphs have no indentation but use extra space for separation, this
3250 button will be ignored (you can't indent a single paragraph by toggling
3254 \begin_layout Standard
3255 You should only need to change the indentation method for a single paragraph
3256 if you need to do some fine-tuning.
3259 \begin_layout Subsection
3264 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3265 Paragraph ! Line spacing
3273 \begin_layout Standard
3276 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3281 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3289 dialog you can set the line spacing in the submenu
3292 \begin_inset space ~
3301 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3302 You need to have the LaTeX-package
3310 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3311 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! setspace
3316 installed to use this feature.
3324 \begin_layout Section
3325 Paragraph Environments
3329 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3330 Paragraph ! Environments
3336 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3338 name "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
3346 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3347 Paragraph environments|(
3355 \begin_layout Subsection
3359 \begin_layout Standard
3360 The paragraph environments correspond to the various
3363 \begin_layout Standard
3382 \begin_inset Newline newline
3385 command sequences in an ordinary LaTeX file.
3386 If you don't know LaTeX, or the concept of a paragraph environment is totally
3387 alien to you, we urge you to read the
3396 also contains many more examples than this section does.
3399 \begin_layout Standard
3400 A paragraph environment is simply a
3401 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3405 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3408 for a paragraph which gives that paragraph certain properties.
3409 This can include a particular style of font, different margins, a numbering
3410 scheme, labels, and so on.
3411 Additionally, you can
3412 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3416 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3419 the different environments inside one another, allowing one environment
3420 to inherit some of the properties of another.
3421 The different paragraph environments totally replace the need for messy
3422 tab stops, on the fly margin adjustment, and other hold-overs from the
3423 days of typewriters.
3424 There are several paragraph environments which are specific to a particular
3426 We'll only be covering the most common ones here.
3429 \begin_layout Standard
3430 To choose a new paragraph environment, use the pull-down box on the left
3432 LyX will change the environment of the
3436 paragraph in which the cursor sits.
3437 You can also change the environment of an entire group of paragraphs if
3438 you select them before choosing the new environment.
3442 \begin_layout Standard
3451 create a new paragraph using the
3455 paragraph environment.
3457 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3461 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3464 because if you are in one of these environments:
3467 \begin_layout Itemize
3473 \begin_layout Itemize
3479 \begin_layout Itemize
3485 \begin_layout Itemize
3491 \begin_layout Itemize
3497 \begin_layout Itemize
3503 \begin_layout Itemize
3509 \begin_layout Standard
3510 LyX keeps the old paragraph environment when you hit
3514 , rather than resetting it to
3519 LyX will still reset the nesting depth, however.
3520 Usually, starting a new paragraph resets both the paragraph environment
3521 and the nesting depth (for more on nesting see section
3522 \begin_inset space ~
3526 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3528 reference "sec:Nesting"
3533 At the moment, all this is context-specific; you're better off expecting
3538 to reset the paragraph environment and depth.
3539 If you want a new paragraph to keep the current environment and depth,
3547 \begin_layout Subsection
3551 \begin_layout Standard
3552 The default paragraph environment is
3557 It creates a plain paragraph.
3558 If LyX resets the paragraph environment, this is the one it chooses.
3559 In fact, the paragraph you're reading right now (and most of the ones in
3560 this manual) are in the
3567 \begin_layout Standard
3568 You can nest a paragraph using the
3572 environment in just about anything else, but you can't really nest anything
3580 \begin_layout Subsection
3585 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3594 \begin_layout Standard
3595 A LaTeX title page has three parts: the title itself, the name(s) of the
3597 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3601 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3604 for thanks or contact information.
3605 For certain types of documents, LaTeX places all of this on a separate
3606 page along with today's date.
3607 For other types of documents, the title
3608 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3612 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3615 goes at the top of the first page of the document.
3619 \begin_layout Standard
3620 LyX provides an interface to the title page commands through the paragraph
3634 Here's how you use them:
3637 \begin_layout Itemize
3638 Put the title of your document in the
3645 \begin_layout Itemize
3646 Put the author name in the
3653 \begin_layout Itemize
3654 If you want the date to have a certain appearance, want to use a fixed date,
3655 or want other text to appear in place of today's date, put that text in
3661 Note that using this environment is optional.
3662 If you don't provide any, LaTeX will automatically insert today's date.
3663 If you don't want any date, add the line
3664 \begin_inset Newline newline
3674 \begin_inset Newline newline
3677 to the preamble of your document (menu
3679 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3685 \begin_layout Standard
3686 You can use footnotes to insert
3687 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3691 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3694 or contact informations.
3697 \begin_layout Subsection
3702 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3709 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3718 \begin_layout Standard
3719 There are several paragraph environments for producing section headings.
3720 LyX takes care of the numbering for you.
3723 \begin_layout Subsubsection
3728 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3729 Section headings ! Numbered
3737 \begin_layout Standard
3738 There are 7 numbered types of section headings.
3742 \begin_layout Enumerate
3748 \begin_layout Enumerate
3754 \begin_layout Enumerate
3760 \begin_layout Enumerate
3766 \begin_layout Enumerate
3772 \begin_layout Enumerate
3778 \begin_layout Enumerate
3784 \begin_layout Standard
3785 LyX labels each heading with a series of numbers, separated by periods.
3786 The numbers describe where in the document you are.
3787 Unlike the other headings, parts are numbered with Latin letters.
3790 \begin_layout Standard
3791 Headings all subdivide your document into different pieces of text.
3792 For example, suppose you're writing a book.
3793 You group the book into chapters.
3794 LyX does similar grouping:
3797 \begin_layout Itemize
3802 is divided in either
3811 \begin_layout Itemize
3823 \begin_layout Itemize
3835 \begin_layout Itemize
3847 \begin_layout Itemize
3859 \begin_layout Itemize
3871 \begin_layout Standard
3872 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
3875 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3880 Not all document types use the
3884 heading as the maximum sectioning level.
3889 is the top-level heading.
3897 \begin_layout Standard
3902 environment to label a new sub-subsection, LyX labels it with its number,
3903 along with the number of the subsection, section, and, if applicable, chapter
3905 For example: the fifth section of the second chapter of this book has the
3907 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3911 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3917 \begin_layout Subsubsection
3922 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3923 Section headings ! Unnumbered
3931 \begin_layout Standard
3932 There are 5 types of unnumbered section headings.
3936 \begin_layout Enumerate
3942 \begin_layout Enumerate
3948 \begin_layout Enumerate
3954 \begin_layout Enumerate
3960 \begin_layout Enumerate
3966 \begin_layout Standard
3968 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3972 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3975 after each name means that these headings are not numbered.
3976 They work the same as their numbered counterparts but won't appear in the
3977 table of contents, see section
3978 \begin_inset space ~
3982 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3991 \begin_layout Subsubsection
3992 Changing the Numbering
3993 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3995 name "sub:Numbering-depth"
4002 \begin_layout Standard
4003 You can also alter which sectioning levels get numbered and which ones appear
4004 in the Table of Contents.
4005 Now, this doesn't remove any of the levels; that's preset in the document
4007 Certain classes start with
4021 Similarly, not all document classes number all sectioning levels.
4031 This is something you can change.
4034 \begin_layout Standard
4037 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4046 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4057 \begin_inset space ~
4061 \begin_inset space ~
4066 you'll see two counters.
4071 controls how far down in the sectioning hierarchy LyX numbers a section
4073 The other one controls the appearance of the section headings in the table
4077 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4078 Short Titles of Headings
4082 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4083 Section headings ! Short titles
4092 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4099 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4101 name "sec:Short-Titles"
4108 \begin_layout Standard
4109 Some section or chapter titles, such as this one, can get quite long.
4110 This can cause troubles when there is limited horizontal space.
4111 For example, if the header of the page is set to show the current section
4112 title, a long title will protrude over the page margins and look awful.
4115 \begin_layout Standard
4116 LaTeX allows you to specify a short title for section headings.
4117 This short title is used in the header and in the actual table of contents,
4118 avoiding the problem mentioned.
4119 To specify a short title, use the menu
4121 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4123 \begin_inset space ~
4129 This will insert a box labeled
4130 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4134 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4138 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4142 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4145 ) which you can use to enter the short title text.
4146 This also works for captions inside floats.
4149 \begin_layout Standard
4150 The title of this section is a good example of using this feature.
4153 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4157 \begin_layout Standard
4158 The following information applies to all section headings:
4161 \begin_layout Itemize
4162 You cannot do any nesting with these environments.
4165 \begin_layout Itemize
4166 You cannot use a margin note in any of these environments.
4169 \begin_layout Itemize
4170 You can only use inline math in these environments.
4173 \begin_layout Itemize
4174 You can use labels and cross-references to refer to their numbers.
4177 \begin_layout Subsection
4178 Quotes and Poetryline spacing
4181 \begin_layout Standard
4182 LyX has three paragraph environments for writing poetry and quotations.
4196 Forget the days of changing line spacing and twiddling with margins.
4197 These three paragraph environments already have those changes built-in.
4198 They all widen the left margin and add a bit of extra space above and below
4199 the text they contain.
4200 They also allow nesting, so you can put a
4208 , as well as in some other paragraph environments.
4211 \begin_layout Standard
4212 There is another feature of these three paragraph environments: they do
4221 when you start a new paragraph.
4222 So, you can type in that poem and merrily hit
4226 without worrying about the paragraph environment changing on you.
4227 Of course, that means that, once you're done typing in that poem, you have
4228 to change back to the
4232 environment yourself.
4235 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4245 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4255 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4264 \begin_layout Standard
4265 Now that we've described the similarities of these three environments, it's
4266 time for the differences.
4275 are identical except for one difference:
4279 uses extra spacing to separate paragraphs and never indents the first line.
4288 indents the first line of a paragraph and uses the same line spacing throughout.
4291 \begin_layout Standard
4292 Here's an example of the
4305 I can keep writing, extending this line out further and further until it
4307 See -- no indentation!
4311 Here's the second paragraph of this quote.
4312 Again, there's no indentation, but there is extra space between me and
4313 the other paragraph.
4316 \begin_layout Standard
4317 Here's another example, this time in the
4324 \begin_layout Quotation
4330 If I keep writing, you'll see the indentation.
4331 If your country uses a writing style that shows off new paragraphs by indenting
4332 the first line, then
4336 is the environment for you! Well, you'd use it
4340 you were quoting other text.
4343 \begin_layout Quotation
4344 Here's a new paragraph.
4345 I could ramble on and on, like a politician at election time.
4346 If I did that, though, you'd get bored.
4349 \begin_layout Standard
4350 As the examples show,
4354 is for those people who use extra space to separate paragraphs.
4355 They should put quotes in the
4360 Those who use indentation to mark a new paragraph should use the
4364 paragraph environment for quoted text.
4367 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4376 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4388 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4395 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4404 \begin_layout Standard
4409 is a paragraph environment for poetry, rhymes, verses, and so on.
4415 \begin_inset Newline newline
4418 Which I did not rehearse!
4422 It could be much worse.
4423 This line could be long, very long, oh so long, so very long that it wraps
4425 It looks okay on screen, but in the printed version, the extra lines are
4426 indented a bit more than the first.
4427 Okay, so it's turned to prose and doesn't rhyme anymore.
4433 \begin_inset Newline newline
4436 And make things look fine
4437 \begin_inset Newline newline
4447 \begin_layout Standard
4452 does not indent both margins.
4453 Each stanza of the verse or poem is in its own paragraph.
4454 To separate the individual lines of a stanza, use the
4465 \begin_layout Subsection
4470 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4477 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4486 \begin_layout Standard
4487 LyX has four different paragraph environments for creating different kinds
4497 environments, LyX labels your list items with bullets or numbers, respectively.
4506 environments, LyX lets you provide your own label.
4507 We'll present the individual details of each type of list next after describing
4508 some general features of all four of them.
4511 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4515 \begin_layout Standard
4516 The four paragraph environments for lists differ from the other environments
4518 First, LyX treats each paragraph as a list item.
4527 reset the environment to
4531 but keeps the current environment and creates a new list item.
4532 The nesting depth is not also kept.
4533 If you want to keep the paragraph environment but reset the current nesting
4538 to break paragraphs.
4541 \begin_layout Standard
4542 You can nest lists of any type inside one another.
4543 In fact, LyX changes the labels on some list items depending on how it
4545 If you intend to use any of the list paragraph environments, we suggest
4546 you read all of section
4547 \begin_inset space ~
4551 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
4553 reference "sec:Nesting"
4561 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4570 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4577 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4586 \begin_layout Standard
4587 The first type of list we'll describe in detail is the
4591 paragraph environment.
4592 It has the following properties:
4595 \begin_layout Itemize
4596 Each item has a particular bullet or symbol as its label.
4600 \begin_layout Itemize
4601 LyX uses the same symbol for all of the items in a given nesting level.
4604 \begin_layout Itemize
4605 The symbol appears at the beginning of the first line.
4609 \begin_layout Itemize
4610 The items can have any length.
4611 LyX automatically offsets the left margin of each item.
4612 The offset is always relative to whatever environment the
4619 \begin_layout Itemize
4624 environment inside another
4628 environment, the label changes to a new symbol.
4632 \begin_layout Itemize
4633 There are four different symbols for up to a four-fold nesting.
4636 \begin_layout Itemize
4637 LyX always shows the same symbol on screen.
4640 \begin_layout Itemize
4642 \begin_inset space ~
4646 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
4648 reference "sec:Nesting"
4652 for a full explanation of nesting.
4656 \begin_layout Standard
4657 Of course, that explanation was also an example of an
4666 environment is best suited for lists where the order doesn't matter.
4669 \begin_layout Standard
4670 We said that different levels use different symbols as their label.
4671 Here's an example of all four possible symbols.
4672 Note that those of you reading this manual within LyX won't see any difference.
4675 \begin_layout Itemize
4676 The label for the first level
4680 is a large black dot, or bullet.
4684 \begin_layout Itemize
4685 The label for the second level is a dash.
4689 \begin_layout Itemize
4690 The label for the third is an asterisk.
4694 \begin_layout Itemize
4695 The label for the fourth is a centered dot.
4699 \begin_layout Itemize
4700 Back out to the third level.
4704 \begin_layout Itemize
4705 Back to the second level.
4709 \begin_layout Itemize
4710 Back to the outermost level.
4713 \begin_layout Standard
4714 These are the default labels for an
4719 You can customize these labels in the
4721 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4724 dialog in the submenu
4734 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4743 \begin_layout Standard
4744 Notice how the space between items decreases with increasing depth.
4745 We'll explain nesting and all the tricks you can do with different depths
4747 \begin_inset space ~
4751 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
4753 reference "sec:Nesting"
4760 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4769 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4776 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4778 name "sec:Enumerate"
4785 \begin_layout Standard
4790 environment is used to create numbered lists and outlines.
4791 It has these properties:
4794 \begin_layout Enumerate
4795 Each item has a numeral as its label.
4799 \begin_layout Enumerate
4800 The type of numeral depends on the nesting depth.
4804 \begin_layout Enumerate
4805 LyX automatically counts the items for you and updates the label as appropriate.
4808 \begin_layout Enumerate
4813 environment resets the counter to one.
4816 \begin_layout Enumerate
4829 \begin_layout Enumerate
4830 Offsets the items relative to the left margin.
4831 Items can have any length.
4834 \begin_layout Enumerate
4835 Reduces the space between items as the nesting depth increases.
4838 \begin_layout Enumerate
4839 Uses different types of labels depending on the nesting depth.
4842 \begin_layout Enumerate
4843 Allows up to a four-fold nesting.
4847 \begin_layout Standard
4856 shows the different labels for each item in LyX.
4857 Here is how LyX labels the four different levels in an
4864 \begin_layout Enumerate
4865 The first level of an
4869 uses Arabic numerals followed by a period.
4873 \begin_layout Enumerate
4874 The second level uses lower case letters surrounded by parentheses.
4878 \begin_layout Enumerate
4879 The third level uses lower-case Roman numerals followed by a period.
4883 \begin_layout Enumerate
4884 The fourth level uses capital letters followed by a period.
4887 \begin_layout Enumerate
4888 Again, notice the decrease in the spacing between items as the nesting depth
4893 \begin_layout Enumerate
4894 Back to the third level
4898 \begin_layout Enumerate
4899 Back to the second level.
4903 \begin_layout Enumerate
4904 Back to the outermost level.
4907 \begin_layout Standard
4908 Once again, you can customize the type of numbering used in the
4913 It involves adding commands to the LaTeX preamble (see the
4918 As stated earlier, such customization only shows up in the printed version,
4922 \begin_layout Standard
4923 There is more to nesting
4927 environments than we've stated here.
4928 You should read section
4929 \begin_inset space ~
4933 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
4935 reference "sec:Nesting"
4939 to learn more about nesting.
4942 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4951 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4958 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4960 name "sec:Description-List"
4967 \begin_layout Standard
4968 Unlike the previous two environments, the
4972 list has no fixed label.
4973 Instead, LyX uses the first
4974 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4978 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4981 of the first line as the label.
4985 \begin_layout Description
4986 Example: This is an example of the
4993 \begin_layout Standard
4994 LyX typesets the label in boldface and puts extra space between it and the
4998 \begin_layout Standard
5000 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5004 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5007 it is meant that the first hit of the
5011 key ends the label if you are at the beginning of the first line of an
5013 If you need to use more than one word in the label use a
5024 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5025 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5027 \begin_inset space ~
5033 \begin_inset space ~
5037 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5039 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
5043 for more info.) Here is an example:
5046 \begin_layout Description
5048 \begin_inset space ~
5051 Example: This one shows how to use a
5054 \begin_inset space ~
5066 \begin_layout Description
5067 Usage: You should use the
5071 environment for things like definitions and theorems.
5072 Use it when you need to make one word in particular stand out in the text
5074 It's not a good idea to use a
5078 environment when you have an entire sentence that you want to describe.
5079 You're better off using
5091 paragraphs into them.
5094 \begin_layout Description
5095 Nesting: You can nest
5099 environments inside one another, nest them in other types of lists, and
5103 \begin_layout Standard
5104 Notice that after the first line, LyX indents subsequent lines, offsetting
5105 them from the first line.
5108 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5117 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5118 Lists ! Lyx@LyX list
5124 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5133 \begin_layout Standard
5138 environment is a LyX extension to LaTeX.
5142 \begin_layout Standard
5151 environment has user-defined labels for each list item.
5152 There are the following properties of this list environment:
5155 \begin_layout Labeling
5156 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5158 \begin_inset space ~
5161 labels LyX uses the first
5162 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5166 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5169 of each line as the item label.
5174 after the beginning of the first line of an item marks the end of the label.
5175 If you need to use more than one word in an item label, use a protected
5176 blank as described above.
5179 \begin_layout Labeling
5180 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5181 margins As you can see, LyX uses different margins for the item label and
5182 the body of the item text.
5183 The body of the text has a larger left margin, which is equal to the default
5184 label width plus a little extra space.
5188 \begin_layout Labeling
5189 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5191 \begin_inset space ~
5194 width LyX uses the width of the label, or the default width, whatever is
5196 If the label width is larger, the label
5197 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5201 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5204 into the first line.
5205 In other words, the text of the first line isn't aligned with the left
5206 margin of the rest of the item text.
5209 \begin_layout Labeling
5210 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5212 \begin_inset space ~
5215 width You can set the default label width to ensure that the text of all
5220 environment have the same left margin.
5221 \begin_inset Newline newline
5224 To change the default width, select all items in the list.
5227 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5229 \begin_inset space ~
5238 \begin_inset space ~
5243 determines the default label width.
5244 You can use the text of your largest label here, but you can also use the
5246 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5250 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5253 multiple times instead.
5254 The M is the widest character and is a standard unit of widths in LaTeX.
5256 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5260 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5263 as the unit of width you don't need to keep changing the contents of
5266 \begin_inset space ~
5271 every time you alter a label in a
5276 \begin_inset Newline newline
5279 The predefined default width is the length of
5280 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5284 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5289 \begin_inset Newline newline
5293 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
5296 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5301 Setting the cursor into a list item to change only its label width will
5302 only change the width inside LyX but not in the output.
5310 \begin_layout Standard
5315 environment the same way like the
5319 list: When you need one word to stand out from the text that describes
5325 environment gives you another way to do this, using a different overall
5329 \begin_layout Standard
5334 environments inside one another, nest them in other types of lists, and
5336 They work just like the other list paragraph environments.
5338 \begin_inset space ~
5342 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5344 reference "sec:Nesting"
5348 to learn about nesting.
5351 \begin_layout Standard
5352 There is yet another feature of the
5356 environment: As you can see in the examples, LyX left-justifies the item
5358 You can use additional
5362 to change how LyX justifies the item label.
5367 are documented in section
5368 \begin_inset space ~
5372 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5374 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
5379 Here are some examples:
5382 \begin_layout Labeling
5383 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5384 Left The default for
5391 \begin_layout Labeling
5392 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5393 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
5400 at the beginning of the label right justifies it.
5403 \begin_layout Labeling
5404 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5405 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
5409 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
5416 at the beginning of the label and one at the end centers it.
5419 \begin_layout Subsection
5424 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5433 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5441 \begin_inset space ~
5449 \begin_layout Standard
5450 Although LyX has document classes for letters, we've also created two paragraph
5458 \begin_inset space ~
5464 To use the letter class, you need to use specific paragraph environments
5465 in a specific order, otherwise LaTeX gags on the document.
5466 In contrast, you can use the
5473 \begin_inset space ~
5478 paragraph environments anywhere with no problem.
5479 You can even nest them inside other environments, though you can't nest
5483 \begin_layout Standard
5484 Of course, you're not limited to using
5491 \begin_inset space ~
5500 \begin_inset space ~
5505 , in particular, is useful for creating article titles like those used in
5506 some European academic papers.
5509 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5511 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5513 name "sec:Address-Usage"
5520 \begin_layout Standard
5525 environment formats text in the style of an address, which is also used
5526 for the opening and signature in some countries.
5530 \begin_inset space ~
5535 environment formats text in the style of a right-justified address, which
5536 is used for the sender's address and today's date in some countries.
5537 Here's an example of each:
5540 \begin_layout Right Address
5542 \begin_inset Newline newline
5546 \begin_inset Newline newline
5550 \begin_inset Newline newline
5553 When is it? What is today?
5556 \begin_layout Standard
5560 \begin_inset space ~
5566 Notice that the lines all have the same left margin, which LyX sets to
5567 fit the largest block of text on a single line.
5568 Here's an example of the
5575 \begin_layout Address
5577 \begin_inset Newline newline
5580 Where do I send this
5581 \begin_inset Newline newline
5584 Your post office and country
5587 \begin_layout Standard
5588 As you can see, both
5595 \begin_inset space ~
5600 add extra space between themselves and the next paragraph.
5605 in either of these environments, LyX resets the nesting depth and sets
5611 This makes sense, since
5619 function, and the individual lines of an address are not paragraphs.
5620 Thus, you have to use
5631 \begin_inset space ~
5634 Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5636 \begin_inset space ~
5645 menu) to start a new line in an
5652 \begin_inset space ~
5660 \begin_layout Subsection
5664 \begin_layout Standard
5665 Most academic writing begins with an abstract and ends with a bibliography
5666 or list of references.
5667 LyX contains paragraph environments for both of these.
5670 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5677 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5686 \begin_layout Standard
5691 environment is used for the abstract of an article.
5692 Technically, you could use this environment anywhere, but you really should
5693 only use it at the beginning of the document, after the title.
5694 Also, don't bother trying to nest
5698 in anything else or vice versa.
5704 environment is only useful in the article and report document classes.
5705 The book document classes ignores the
5709 completely, and it's utterly silly to use
5713 in a letter document class.
5716 \begin_layout Standard
5721 environment does several things for you.
5722 First, it puts the centered label
5723 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5727 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5731 The label and the text of the abstract are separated by some extra vertical
5733 Second, it typesets everything in a smaller font, just as you'd expect.
5734 Lastly, it adds a bit of extra vertical space between the abstract and
5735 the subsequent text.
5736 Well, that's how it will appear on the LyX screen.
5737 The appearance in the output depends on the used article or report class.
5740 \begin_layout Standard
5741 Starting a new paragraph by hitting
5745 does not reset the paragraph environment.
5746 The new paragraph will still be in the
5751 So, you will have to change the paragraph environment yourself when you
5752 finish entering the abstract of your document.
5755 \begin_layout Standard
5756 \begin_inset Float figure
5761 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5763 \begin_inset Graphics
5764 filename clipart/Abstract.pdf
5772 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5773 \begin_inset Caption
5775 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5776 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5778 name "cap:Paragraph-in-the"
5799 \begin_layout Standard
5800 We'd love to give you directly an example of the
5804 environment, but since this document is in the
5805 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5809 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5812 class, we can't do this.
5813 We inserted it therefore as figure
5814 \begin_inset space ~
5818 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5820 reference "cap:Paragraph-in-the"
5825 If you've never heard of an
5826 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5830 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5833 before, you can safely ignore this environment.
5836 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5845 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5852 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5854 name "sub:Biblio_environment"
5861 \begin_layout Standard
5866 environment is used to list references.
5867 Technically, you could use this environment anywhere, but you really should
5868 only use it at the end of the document.
5873 in anything else or vice versa won't work.
5876 \begin_layout Standard
5877 When you first open a
5881 environment, LyX add a large vertical space, followed by the heading
5882 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5886 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5890 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5894 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5897 depending on the document class.
5898 The heading is in a large boldface font.
5899 Each paragraph of the
5903 environment is a bibliography entry.
5908 does not reset the paragraph environment.
5909 Each new paragraph is still in the
5916 \begin_layout Standard
5917 For a detailed description of LyX's bibliography handling, have a look at
5919 \begin_inset space ~
5923 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5925 reference "sec:Bibliography"
5932 \begin_layout Subsection
5939 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5940 Paragraph ! LyX code
5946 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5955 \begin_layout Standard
5960 environment is another LyX extension.
5961 It type-sets text in a typewriter-style font.
5966 key as a fixed whitespace;
5970 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5982 \begin_inset space ~
5987 instead of an end-of-word marker.
5992 this is the only case in which you can type multiple whitespaces in LyX.
5993 If you need to insert blank lines, you'll still need to use
6011 does not reset the paragraph environment.
6012 So, when you finish using the
6016 environment, you'll need to change the paragraph environment yourself.
6017 Also, you can nest the
6021 environment inside of others.
6024 \begin_layout Standard
6025 There are a few quirks with this environment:
6028 \begin_layout Itemize
6033 at the beginning of a new paragraph (i.e.
6045 \begin_layout Itemize
6058 \begin_layout Itemize
6063 to begin a new paragraph, then you can use a
6070 \begin_layout Itemize
6079 \begin_layout Itemize
6080 You can't have an empty paragraph or an empty line.
6081 You must put at least one
6085 in any line you want blank.
6086 Otherwise, LaTeX generates errors.
6089 \begin_layout Itemize
6090 You cannot get the typewriter double quotes by typing
6094 since that will insert
6099 You get the typewriter double quotes with
6107 if you use Emacs-like key bindings).
6110 \begin_layout Standard
6114 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6118 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6122 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6126 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6130 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6131 printf("Hello World!
6136 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6140 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6144 \begin_layout Standard
6145 This is just the standard
6146 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6150 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6157 \begin_layout Standard
6162 has one purpose: to typeset code, such as program source, shell scripts,
6163 rc-files, and so on.
6164 Use it only in those very special cases where you need to generate text
6165 as if you used a typewriter.
6169 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6170 Paragraph environments|)
6178 \begin_layout Section
6179 Nesting Environments
6183 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6184 Nesting ! Environments
6190 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6199 \begin_layout Subsection
6203 \begin_layout Standard
6204 LyX treats text as a unified block with a particular context and specific
6206 This allows you to create blocks that inherits some of the properties of
6208 For example you have three main points in an outline, but point #2 also
6210 In other words, you have a list inside of another list, with the inner
6212 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6216 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6222 \begin_layout Enumerate
6226 \begin_layout Enumerate
6231 \begin_layout Enumerate
6235 \begin_layout Enumerate
6240 \begin_layout Enumerate
6244 \begin_layout Standard
6245 You put a list inside of a list by nesting one list inside the other.
6246 Nesting an environment is quite simple: Select
6249 \begin_inset space ~
6253 \begin_inset space ~
6261 \begin_inset space ~
6265 \begin_inset space ~
6274 menu to change the nesting depth of the current paragraph (the status bar
6275 will tell you how far you are nested).
6276 Instead of the menu, you can also use the toolbar buttons
6277 \begin_inset Graphics
6278 filename ../images/depth-increment.png
6283 \begin_inset Graphics
6284 filename ../images/depth-decrement.png
6288 or the convenient key bindings
6296 to change the nesting level.
6297 The change will work on the current selection if you have made one (allowing
6298 you to change the nesting of several paragraphs at once), or the current
6302 \begin_layout Standard
6303 Note that LyX only changes the nesting depth if it can.
6304 If it's invalid to do so, nothing happens if you try to change the depth.
6305 Additionally, if you change the depth of one paragraph, it affects the
6306 depth of every paragraph nested inside of it.
6309 \begin_layout Standard
6310 Nesting isn't limited to lists.
6311 In LyX, you can nest just about anything inside anything else, as you're
6313 This is the real power of nesting paragraph environments.
6316 \begin_layout Subsection
6317 What You Can and Can't Nest
6320 \begin_layout Standard
6321 Before we fire a list of paragraph environments at you, we need to tell
6322 you a little bit more about how nesting works.
6325 \begin_layout Standard
6326 The question if nesting a paragraph environment is possible, is a bit more
6327 complicated than a simple yes or no.
6328 There are three types of paragraph environments:
6331 \begin_layout Itemize
6332 Completely unnestable
6335 \begin_layout Itemize
6336 Fully nestable, you can nest them inside of things and you can also nest
6337 other things inside of them.
6340 \begin_layout Itemize
6341 A third type, you can nest them into other environments, but you can't nest
6345 \begin_layout Standard
6346 Here's a list of the three types of nesting behavior, and which paragraph
6347 environments have them:
6350 \begin_layout Description
6351 Unnestable Can't nest them.
6352 Can't nest into them.
6356 \begin_layout Itemize
6362 \begin_layout Itemize
6368 \begin_layout Itemize
6374 \begin_layout Itemize
6380 \begin_layout Itemize
6387 \begin_layout Description
6389 \begin_inset space ~
6392 Nestable You can nest them.
6393 You can nest other things into them.
6397 \begin_layout Itemize
6403 \begin_layout Itemize
6409 \begin_layout Itemize
6415 \begin_layout Itemize
6421 \begin_layout Itemize
6427 \begin_layout Itemize
6433 \begin_layout Itemize
6439 \begin_layout Itemize
6446 \begin_layout Description
6447 Nestable-Inside You can nest them inside of other things.
6448 You can't nest anything into them.
6452 \begin_layout Itemize
6458 \begin_layout Itemize
6464 \begin_layout Itemize
6470 \begin_layout Itemize
6476 \begin_layout Itemize
6482 \begin_layout Itemize
6488 \begin_layout Itemize
6494 \begin_layout Itemize
6500 \begin_layout Itemize
6506 \begin_layout Itemize
6512 \begin_layout Itemize
6518 \begin_layout Itemize
6524 \begin_layout Itemize
6530 \begin_layout Itemize
6534 \begin_inset space ~
6540 \begin_layout Itemize
6547 \begin_layout Standard
6548 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
6551 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6556 Although it is possible to nest numbered section headings like
6565 \begin_inset space ~
6569 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
6573 \begin_inset space ~
6576 lists, it is highly recommended not to do this.
6577 Because the aim is to create well structured documents following usual
6578 guidelines of typesetting, but nested section headings violates them.
6586 \begin_layout Subsection
6587 Nesting Other Things: Tables, Math, Floats, etc.
6591 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6592 Nesting ! Tables etc.
6598 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6600 name "sec:table-and-fig-nesting"
6607 \begin_layout Standard
6608 There are several things that aren't paragraph environments, but which are
6609 affected by nesting anyhow.
6613 \begin_layout Itemize
6617 \begin_layout Itemize
6621 \begin_layout Itemize
6625 \begin_layout Standard
6627 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
6630 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6635 Figures and tables in
6639 are not affected by this.
6644 Have a look at section
6645 \begin_inset space ~
6649 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6651 reference "sec:Floats"
6655 for more informations about
6662 \begin_layout Standard
6663 LyX can treat these three objects as either a word or as a paragraph.
6664 If a figure, table, or an equation is inline, it goes wherever the paragraph
6668 \begin_layout Standard
6669 On the other hand, if you have an equation, figure or table in a
6670 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6674 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6677 of its own, it behaves just like a
6678 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6682 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6685 paragraph environment.
6686 You can nest it into any environment, but you obviously can't nest anything
6690 \begin_layout Standard
6691 Here's an example with a table:
6694 \begin_layout Enumerate
6699 \begin_layout Enumerate
6700 This is (a) and it's nested.
6704 \begin_layout Standard
6705 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
6711 \begin_layout Standard
6713 \begin_inset Tabular
6714 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
6716 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
6717 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
6719 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
6722 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6737 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
6740 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6757 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
6760 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6775 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
6778 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6801 \begin_layout Standard
6802 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
6809 \begin_layout Enumerate
6811 The table is actually nested inside (a).
6815 \begin_layout Enumerate
6819 \begin_layout Standard
6820 If we hadn't nested the table at all, the list would look like this:
6823 \begin_layout Enumerate
6828 \begin_layout Enumerate
6829 This is (a) and it's nested.
6833 \begin_layout Standard
6834 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
6840 \begin_layout Standard
6842 \begin_inset Tabular
6843 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
6845 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
6846 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
6848 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
6851 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6866 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
6869 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6886 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
6889 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6904 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
6907 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6930 \begin_layout Standard
6931 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
6937 \begin_layout Enumerate
6944 In fact, it's not nested at all.
6947 \begin_layout Enumerate
6951 \begin_layout Standard
6952 Notice how item (b) is not only no longer nested, but is also the first
6956 \begin_layout Standard
6957 There's another trap you can fall into: Nesting the table, but not going
6959 LyX then turns anything after the table into a new sublist.
6962 \begin_layout Enumerate
6967 \begin_layout Enumerate
6968 This is (a) and it's nested.
6971 \begin_layout Standard
6972 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
6978 \begin_layout Standard
6980 \begin_inset Tabular
6981 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
6983 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
6984 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
6986 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
6989 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7004 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7007 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7024 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7027 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7042 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7045 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7068 \begin_layout Standard
7069 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7075 \begin_layout Enumerate
7077 The table is actually nested inside Item One, but
7085 \begin_layout Enumerate
7089 \begin_layout Standard
7090 As you can see, item (b) turned into the first item of a new list, but a
7096 The same thing would have happened to a figure or an equation.
7097 So, if you nest tables, figures or equations, make sure you go to the right
7101 \begin_layout Subsection
7102 Usage and General Features
7103 \begin_inset CommandInset label
7105 name "sub:Nesting-Usage"
7112 \begin_layout Standard
7113 Speaking of levels, LyX can perform up to a six-fold nesting.
7115 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7119 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7122 is the innermost possible depth.
7123 Here's an example to display what we mean:
7126 \begin_layout Enumerate
7127 level #1 - outermost
7131 \begin_layout Enumerate
7136 \begin_layout Enumerate
7141 \begin_layout Enumerate
7146 \begin_layout Itemize
7151 \begin_layout Itemize
7160 \begin_layout Standard
7161 There are two exceptions to the six-fold nesting limit, and you can see
7162 both of them in the example.
7163 Unlike the other fully-nestable environments, you can only perform a four-fold
7173 For example, if we tried to nest another
7178 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7182 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7188 \begin_layout Subsection
7193 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7202 \begin_layout Standard
7203 The best way to explain just what you can do with nesting is by illustration.
7204 We have several examples of nested environments.
7205 In them, we explain how we created the example, so that you can reproduce
7209 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7210 Example 1: The Six-fold Way and Mixed Nesting
7213 \begin_layout Labeling
7214 \labelwidthstring MMM
7215 #1-a This is the outermost level.
7224 \begin_layout Labeling
7225 \labelwidthstring MMM
7226 #2-a This is level #2.
7227 We created it by using
7239 \begin_layout Labeling
7240 \labelwidthstring MMM
7241 #3-a This is level #3.
7242 This time, we just hit
7251 We could have also created it the same way as we did the previous level,
7264 \begin_layout Standard
7269 environment, nested inside of
7270 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7274 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7278 So, it's at level #4.
7279 We did this by hitting
7287 , then changing the paragraph environment to
7292 Do this to create list items with more than one paragraph - it also works
7308 \begin_layout Standard
7313 paragraph, also at level #4, made with just a
7320 \begin_layout Labeling
7321 \labelwidthstring MMM
7322 #4-a This is level #4.
7327 and changed the paragraph environment back to
7332 Remember - we can't nest anything inside of a
7336 environment, which is why we're still at level #4.
7341 keep nesting things inside of
7342 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7346 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7353 \begin_layout Labeling
7354 \labelwidthstring MMM
7355 #5-a This is level #5\SpecialChar \ldots{}
7360 \begin_layout Labeling
7361 \labelwidthstring MMM
7362 #6-a \SpecialChar \ldots{}
7363 and this is level #6.
7364 By now, you should know how we made these two.
7368 \begin_layout Labeling
7369 \labelwidthstring MMM
7370 #5-b Back to level #5.
7383 \begin_layout Labeling
7384 \labelwidthstring MMM
7393 , we're back at level #4.
7397 \begin_layout Labeling
7398 \labelwidthstring MMM
7399 #3-b Back to level #3.
7400 By now it should be obvious how we did this.
7404 \begin_layout Labeling
7405 \labelwidthstring MMM
7406 #2-b Back to level #2.
7411 \begin_layout Labeling
7412 \labelwidthstring MMM
7413 #1-b And last, back to the outermost level, #1.
7414 After this sentence, we'll hit
7418 and change the paragraph environment back to
7425 \begin_layout Standard
7426 We could have also used the
7442 environment in place of the
7447 The example would have worked exactly the same.
7450 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7451 Example 2: Inheritance
7454 \begin_layout LyX-Code
7455 This is the LyX-Code environment, at level #1, the outermost
7458 \begin_layout LyX-Code
7468 , after which, we'll change to the
7476 \begin_layout Enumerate
7481 environment, at level #2.
7484 \begin_layout Enumerate
7485 Notice how the nested
7489 not only inherits its margins from its parent environment (
7493 ), but also inherits its font and spacing!
7497 \begin_layout Standard
7498 We ended this example by hitting
7503 After that, we needed to reset the paragraph environment to
7507 and resetting the nesting depth by using
7514 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7515 Example 3: Labels, Levels, and the
7527 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7528 Example #3: Labels, Levels and other list environments
7536 \begin_layout Enumerate
7537 This is level #1, in an
7541 paragraph environment.
7542 We're actually going to nest a bunch of these.
7546 \begin_layout Enumerate
7557 Now, what happens if we nest an
7561 environment inside of this one? It will be at level #3, but what will its
7562 label be? An asterisk?
7566 \begin_layout Itemize
7576 environment, even though it's at level #3.
7577 So, its label is a bullet.
7578 (We got here by using
7586 , then changing the environment to
7594 \begin_layout Itemize
7595 Here's level #4, produced using
7604 We'll do that again\SpecialChar \ldots{}
7609 \begin_layout Enumerate
7610 \SpecialChar \ldots{}
7612 This time, however, we also changed the paragraph environment back to
7617 Notice the type of numbering, it is
7621 , because we are in the
7645 \begin_layout Enumerate
7650 change the paragraph environment, but decrease the nesting depth? What
7651 type of numbering does LyX use?
7654 \begin_layout Enumerate
7655 Oh, as if you couldn't guess by now, we're just using
7659 to keep the current environment and depth but create a new item.
7662 \begin_layout Enumerate
7667 to decrease the depth after the next
7675 \begin_layout Enumerate
7677 Look what type of label LyX is using!
7681 \begin_layout Enumerate
7683 Even though we've changed levels, LyX is still using a lowercase Roman
7684 numeral as the label.Why?
7687 \begin_layout Enumerate
7688 Because, even though the nesting depth has changed, the paragraph is
7697 Notice, however, that LyX
7701 reset the counter for the label.
7705 \begin_layout Enumerate
7714 sequence, and we're back to level #2.
7715 This time, we not only changed the nesting depth, but we also moved back
7716 into the twofold-nested
7724 \begin_layout Enumerate
7725 The same thing happens if we do another
7733 sequence and return to level #1, the outermost level.
7736 \begin_layout Standard
7737 Lastly, we reset the environment to
7742 As you can see, the level number doesn't correspond to what type of labeling
7756 environments surrounding it determines what kind of label LyX uses for
7762 The same rule applies for the
7766 environment, as well.
7769 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7770 Example 4: Going Bonkers
7773 \begin_layout Enumerate
7774 We're going to go totally nuts now.
7775 We won't nest as deep as in the other examples, nor will we go into the
7776 same detail with how we did it.
7785 \begin_layout Standard
7788 Return, S-M-Right, Standard
7790 : level #2) We'll stick an encapsulated description of how we created the
7791 example in parentheses someplace.
7792 For example, the two keybindings are how we changed the depth.
7793 The environment name is the name of the current environment.
7794 Either before or after this, we'll put in the level.
7798 \begin_layout Enumerate
7803 : level #1) This is the next item in the list.
7808 Now we'll add verse.
7809 \begin_inset Newline newline
7812 It will get much worse.
7813 \begin_inset Newline newline
7818 Return, S-M-Right, Verse
7824 Fiddle dee, Fiddle doo.
7825 \begin_inset Newline newline
7828 Bippitey boppitey boo!
7829 \begin_inset Newline newline
7842 \begin_layout Standard
7843 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7849 \begin_layout Standard
7851 \begin_inset Tabular
7852 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
7854 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7855 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7857 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
7860 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7875 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7878 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7895 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
7898 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7913 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7916 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7943 M-Return, Table, S-M-Right
7947 M-Return, Verse, S-M-Left
7953 \begin_layout Enumerate
7958 : level #1) This is another item.
7959 Note that selecting a
7963 resets the nesting depth to level #1, so we increased the nesting depth
7964 3 times to put the table inside the
7972 \begin_layout Quotation
7973 We're now ending the
7977 list and changing to
7982 We're still at level #1.
7983 We want to show you some of the things you can do by mixing environments.
7984 The next set of paragraphs is a
7985 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7989 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7999 \begin_inset space ~
8004 environments inside of this one, then use another nested
8008 for the letter body.
8013 to preserve the depth.
8014 Remember that you need to use
8018 to create multiple lines inside the
8025 \begin_inset space ~
8035 \begin_layout Right Address
8037 \begin_inset Newline newline
8040 Moosegroin, MT 00100
8041 \begin_inset Newline newline
8047 \begin_layout Address
8049 \begin_inset space ~
8055 \begin_layout Quotation
8056 We regret to inform you that we cannot fill your order for 50
8057 \begin_inset Formula $\,$
8060 L of compressed methane gas due to circumstances beyond our control.
8061 Unfortunately, several of our cows have mysteriously exploded, creating
8062 a backlog in our orders for methane.
8063 We will place your name on the waiting list and try to fill your order
8064 as soon as possible.
8065 In the meantime, we thank you for your patience.
8068 \begin_layout Quotation
8069 We do, however, now have a special on beef.
8070 If you are interested, please return the enclosed pricing and order form
8071 with your order, along with payment.
8074 \begin_layout Quotation
8075 We thank you again for your patience.
8078 \begin_layout Address
8080 \begin_inset Newline newline
8087 \begin_layout Quotation
8088 That ends that example!
8091 \begin_layout Standard
8092 As you can see, nesting environments in LyX gives you a lot of power with
8093 just a few keystrokes.
8094 We could have easily nested an
8115 You have a huge variety of options at your disposal.
8118 \begin_layout Section
8119 Spacing, pagination and line breaks
8123 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8132 \begin_layout Standard
8133 What is a space? While you might be used to press the space key anytime
8134 you want to separate two words in ordinary word processors, LyX offers
8135 you more spaces: Spaces of different width and spaces which can or cannot
8136 be broken at the end of a line.
8137 The following sections will show you some examples where those spaces are
8141 \begin_layout Subsection
8143 \begin_inset CommandInset label
8145 name "sub:Protected-Space"
8153 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8162 \begin_layout Standard
8163 The protected space: It is used to tell LyX (and LaTeX) not to break the
8165 This may be necessary to avoid unlucky linebreaks, like in:
8169 Further documentation is given in section
8170 \begin_inset Newline newline
8174 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
8176 reference "sec:Bibliography"
8184 \begin_layout Standard
8185 Obviously, it would be a good thing to put a protected space between
8186 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8190 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8194 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8198 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
8200 reference "sec:Bibliography"
8205 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8209 A protected space is set with
8211 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8212 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8216 \begin_inset space ~
8230 \begin_layout Subsection
8232 \begin_inset CommandInset label
8234 name "sub:Horizontal-Space"
8242 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8243 Spacing ! Horizontal
8251 \begin_layout Standard
8252 All horizontal spaces can be inserted with the menu
8254 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8255 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8259 The length units are listed in Appendix
8260 \begin_inset space ~
8264 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
8266 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
8273 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8275 \begin_inset CommandInset label
8277 name "sub:Inter-word-Space"
8285 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8294 \begin_layout Standard
8296 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8300 \begin_inset space \space{}
8303 English) have the typographical convention to add extra space after an end-of-se
8304 ntence punctuation mark, and LyX honors those conventions (see section
8305 \begin_inset space ~
8309 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
8311 reference "sub:Abbreviations"
8316 Sometimes, you want a normal space nevertheless.
8317 In this case, insert an inter-word space (shortcut
8324 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8326 \begin_inset CommandInset label
8328 name "sub:Thin-Space"
8336 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8345 \begin_layout Standard
8347 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8351 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8354 is a blank which has half the size of a normal space (and it is also
8355 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8359 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8363 The typographical conventions in a lot of languages propose the use of
8364 thin spaces in cases where normal spaces would be too wide, for instance
8365 inside abbreviations:
8370 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8374 Knuth has developed our beloved typesetting program, i.
8375 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8379 \begin_inset space \space{}
8385 \begin_layout Standard
8386 or between values and units.
8387 Compare for example this:
8388 \begin_inset Newline newline
8392 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8396 \begin_inset Newline newline
8402 \begin_layout Standard
8403 You can insert thin spaces also with the menu
8405 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8406 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8408 \begin_inset space ~
8420 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8422 \begin_inset CommandInset label
8424 name "sub:More-Spaces"
8431 \begin_layout Standard
8432 You can furthermore insert the following space types:
8435 \begin_layout Description
8437 \begin_inset space ~
8441 \begin_inset space ~
8445 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
8449 \begin_inset space \negthinspace{}
8453 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
8456 Negative thin space between the arrows.
8459 \begin_layout Description
8461 \begin_inset space ~
8465 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8469 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
8473 \begin_inset space \enskip{}
8477 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
8481 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8484 em) space between the arrows.
8487 \begin_layout Description
8489 \begin_inset space ~
8493 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8497 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
8501 \begin_inset space \quad{}
8505 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
8509 \begin_inset space ~
8513 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8516 em) space between the arrows.
8519 \begin_layout Description
8521 \begin_inset space ~
8525 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8529 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
8533 \begin_inset space \qquad{}
8537 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
8541 \begin_inset space ~
8545 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8548 em) space between the arrows.
8551 \begin_layout Description
8553 \begin_inset space ~
8557 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
8561 \begin_inset space \hspace{}
8566 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
8570 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8573 cm space between the arrows.
8576 \begin_layout Standard
8578 \begin_inset space ~
8582 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
8584 reference "tab:Width-of-the"
8588 lists the different space sizes.
8591 \begin_layout Standard
8592 \begin_inset Float table
8597 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8599 \begin_inset Caption
8601 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8602 \begin_inset CommandInset label
8604 name "tab:Width-of-the"
8608 Width of the different horizontal spaces.
8616 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8618 \begin_inset Tabular
8619 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="8" columns="2">
8621 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
8622 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
8624 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8627 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8635 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8638 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8648 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8651 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8657 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8660 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8662 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8672 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8675 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8681 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8684 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8686 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8696 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8699 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8705 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8708 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8710 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8720 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8723 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8729 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8732 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8734 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8744 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8747 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8749 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8757 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8760 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8762 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8772 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8775 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8777 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8785 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8788 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8790 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8800 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8803 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8805 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8813 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8816 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8818 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8839 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8848 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8857 \begin_layout Standard
8858 Horizontal fills (HFills) are a special LyX feature for adding extra space
8859 in a uniform fashion.
8860 An HFill is actually a variable length space, whose length always equals
8861 the remaining space between the left and right margins.
8862 If there is more than one HFill on a line, they divide the available space
8863 equally between themselves.
8867 \begin_layout Standard
8868 Here a few examples what you can do with them:
8873 This is on the left side
8874 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
8877 This is on the right
8883 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
8887 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
8896 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
8900 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
8904 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
8910 \begin_layout Standard
8911 That was an example in the
8917 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
8921 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
8925 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
8928 is one in a standard paragraph.
8929 It may or may not be apparent in the printed text, but it
8933 sitting in-between the two arrows.
8936 \begin_layout Standard
8937 There may be more than one set of margins on a line.
8938 Here's an example with the
8945 \begin_layout Labeling
8946 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
8948 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
8952 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
8956 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
8960 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
8966 \begin_layout Standard
8968 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8972 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8975 marks the beginning of the item.
8976 (There is actually a
8977 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8981 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8984 HFill inside of the label of the
8988 environment; it's put at the end of the label automatically.) HFills work
8990 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8994 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8997 situations, like two-column mode.
9000 \begin_layout Standard
9001 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
9004 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9009 If an HFill is at the beginning of a line, and
9013 in the first line in a paragraph, LyX ignores it.
9014 This prevents HFills from accidentally being wrapped onto a new line.
9015 If you need space in this case anyway, set the
9019 option in the space dialog.
9027 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9032 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9041 \begin_layout Standard
9042 Sometimes you want to insert space with exactly the length of a phrase.
9044 you want to create the following multiple choice question:
9047 \begin_layout Standard
9048 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
9051 What is correct English?:
9052 \begin_inset Newline newline
9056 \begin_inset Newline newline
9060 \begin_inset space ~
9063 Edge would have been jumps the gun.
9064 \begin_inset Newline newline
9071 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9082 \begin_inset Newline newline
9089 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9100 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
9106 \begin_layout Standard
9107 So that the choices appear exactly after the phrase
9108 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9112 \begin_inset space ~
9116 \begin_inset space ~
9120 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9124 To get this, you can use the LaTeX-command
9134 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9136 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9140 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9142 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
9146 for more information about TeX-Code.
9152 In our case write the command
9159 (note the space after
9160 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9164 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9167 ) at the beginning of the last two lines.
9168 The command prints out the phrase within the the two braces, but invisible.
9169 That is why it is named
9170 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9174 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9181 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9182 There exists also the commands
9194 , but this too special for the LyX Userguide.
9195 If you are interested in knowing more about this, have a look at
9196 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
9198 key "latexcompanion,latexguide"
9210 \begin_layout Subsection
9212 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9214 name "sub:Vertical-Space"
9222 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9231 \begin_layout Standard
9232 To add extra vertical space above or below a paragraph, use the
9234 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9235 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9237 \begin_inset space ~
9243 There you find the following sizes:
9246 \begin_layout Standard
9259 are LaTeX sizes which depends on the font size of the document.
9264 is the skip adjusted in the dialog
9266 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9271 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9279 for the paragraph separation.
9280 If you use indentation to separate paragraphs
9291 \begin_layout Standard
9300 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9306 is a variable space, set so that the space is maximal within one page.
9307 An example: You have only two short paragraphs on one page with a vfill
9309 Then the first paragraph is placed at the top of the page and the second
9310 one at the bottom, because the space between them is then maximal.
9319 s: they fill the remaining vertical space on a page with blank space.
9323 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9328 s are described in section
9329 \begin_inset space ~
9333 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9335 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
9344 If there are several
9348 s on a page, they divide the remaining vertical space equally between themselves.
9349 You can therefore use
9353 s to center text on a page, or even place text 2/3 down a page.
9356 \begin_layout Standard
9361 are custom spaces in units explained in Appendix
9362 \begin_inset space ~
9366 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9368 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
9375 \begin_layout Standard
9376 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
9379 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9386 When the extra vertical space would be in the output at the top/bottom of
9387 a page, the space is only added if you have also checked the option
9399 \begin_layout Subsection
9403 \begin_layout Standard
9404 You can change the paragraph alignment with the
9406 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9410 There are four possibilities:
9413 \begin_layout Itemize
9419 \begin_layout Itemize
9425 \begin_layout Itemize
9431 \begin_layout Itemize
9437 \begin_layout Standard
9438 The default in most cases is justified alignment, in which the inter-word
9439 spacing is variable and each line of a paragraph fills the region between
9440 the left and right margins.
9441 The other three alignments should be self-explanatory, and look like this:
9444 \begin_layout Standard
9446 This paragraph is right aligned,
9449 \begin_layout Standard
9451 this one is centered,
9454 \begin_layout Standard
9456 this one is left aligned.
9459 \begin_layout Subsection
9464 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9471 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9473 name "sub:Forced-Pagebreaks"
9480 \begin_layout Standard
9481 If you don't like the way LaTeX does the pagebreaks in your document, you
9482 can force a pagebreak where you want one.
9483 Normally this will not be necessary, because LaTeX is good at pagebreaking.
9484 Only if you use many
9488 , LaTeX's page breaking algorithm can fail.
9491 \begin_layout Standard
9492 We recommend not to use forced pagebreaks until the text is finished, and
9493 until you have checked in the preview to see if you
9497 have to change the pagebreaking.
9500 \begin_layout Standard
9501 There are two types of pagebreaks: One that ends the page without any special
9503 This can be inserted above or below a paragraph via the menu
9505 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9506 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9508 \begin_inset space ~
9514 The second type, that is inserted via the menu
9516 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9517 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9519 \begin_inset space ~
9524 , ends a page but stretches the content of the page, so that it fills out
9526 This type is useful to avoid whitespace when a pagebreak produces a page
9527 on which only the last few lines are absent.
9530 \begin_layout Standard
9531 You might try to use a pagebreak to ensure that a figure or table appears
9532 at the top of a page.
9533 This is, of course, the wrong way to do it.
9534 LyX gives you a way of automatically ensuring that your figures and tables
9535 appear at the top of a page (or the bottom, or on their own page) without
9536 having to worry about what precedes or follows your figure or table.
9538 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9540 reference "cha:Floats-and-Notes"
9551 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9553 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9555 name "sub:Clear-Pages"
9563 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9572 \begin_layout Standard
9573 Differently to forced pagebreaks where the content behind the break is directly
9574 placed at the next page, pages can also be cleared while breaking them.
9575 That means that the current paragraph is terminated and all, perhaps not
9576 yet processed floats from previous document parts are placed behind it,
9577 if necessary by adding pages.
9580 \begin_layout Standard
9581 You can insert a clear pagebreak with the menu
9583 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9584 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9586 \begin_inset space ~
9592 When you have a two-sided document like a book, you can use the menu
9594 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9595 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9597 \begin_inset space ~
9601 \begin_inset space ~
9606 to insert a clear pagebreak that assures that the next page is a right-hand
9607 page (odd-numbered), if necessary by adding a page.
9610 \begin_layout Subsection
9615 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9622 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9624 name "sub:Forced-Linebreaks"
9631 \begin_layout Standard
9632 Similar to pagebreaks there are two types of linebreaks: One that simply
9634 You can force this line break within a paragraph by selecting
9636 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9637 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9639 \begin_inset space ~
9643 \begin_inset space ~
9653 Another type that is inserted via the menu
9655 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9656 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9658 \begin_inset space ~
9662 \begin_inset space ~
9667 breaks the line and stretches it so that it fills out the whole space between
9669 This is necessary to avoid
9670 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9674 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9677 in justified paragraphs due to whitespace introduced by linebreaks.
9680 \begin_layout Standard
9681 You shouldn't use forced linebreaks to correct LaTeX's linebreaking, as
9682 LaTeX is very good at linebreaking.
9683 There are, however, a number of situations where it is necessary to actively
9684 set a linebreak, e.g.
9685 in a poem or for an address (see sections
9686 \begin_inset space ~
9690 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9692 reference "sec:Quote"
9697 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9699 reference "sec:Verse"
9704 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9706 reference "sec:Address-Usage"
9713 \begin_layout Subsection
9715 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9717 name "sub:Horizontal-Lines"
9725 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9734 \begin_layout Standard
9739 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9740 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9742 \begin_inset space ~
9747 you can insert horizontal lines that spans over the whole document columns
9753 \begin_layout Section
9754 Characters and Symbols
9757 \begin_layout Standard
9758 You can directly enter all characters that are available on your keyboard.
9759 You can also use special keyboard maps to be able to enter e.
9760 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9764 \begin_inset space ~
9767 characters needed for French with an English keyboard.
9769 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9773 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9775 reference "sub:Keyboard-mapping"
9779 for informations how this is done.
9782 \begin_layout Standard
9783 For the case where you need a character that is not on your keyboard, you
9790 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9791 Special Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9797 \begin_layout Standard
9798 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
9801 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9806 Maybe not all symbols inserted with the symbols dialog can be displayed
9807 when you are using a special screen font in LyX's preferences.
9808 But the inserted symbols will in every case be displayed in the output.
9816 \begin_layout Section
9817 Fonts and Text Styles
9818 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9820 name "sec:Fonts-and-Text"
9827 \begin_layout Subsection
9832 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9841 \begin_layout Standard
9842 There are two types of fonts:
9845 \begin_layout Description
9847 \begin_inset space ~
9854 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9860 are fonts, built from outlines of the single glyphs (i.e.
9861 characters) in the font.
9862 This means that each glyph is defined using mathematical curves that are
9863 well suited for scaling to any requested size.
9864 This mathematical definition is interpreted by the font renderer and the
9865 curve is filled out with pixels according to the size and glyph.
9866 This means that outline fonts will look pretty good in all sizes.
9867 Only at very small sizes it might be hard to provide a good rendering at
9868 very small sizes, where each pixel has to be very carefully computed to
9869 provide a good image.
9870 \begin_inset Newline newline
9873 One could mean that one only needs to define one font size and scale them.
9874 But to achieve a better quality, many fonts define several font sizes.
9875 That improves the appearance, because you need more details at large font
9876 sizes than at small ones.
9877 \begin_inset Newline newline
9891 \begin_inset space ~
9899 \begin_layout Description
9901 \begin_inset space ~
9908 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9914 on the other hand, are defined by bitmap graphics from the start, so they
9915 will look good at all the sizes they are meant for.
9916 However, they don't scale well, because in order to scale a glyph, each
9917 pixel is enlarged into several pixels.
9918 It is the same effect that happens if you try to enlarge a picture in a
9919 picture manipulation program.
9920 In order to relieve this effect, bitmap fonts are typically provided in
9921 several fixed sizes typically from around 8 pixels high up to 34 pixels
9922 or so high in steps according to what is believed to be useful.
9923 The advantage of bitmap fonts is that no complicated computations are necessary
9924 to display each glyph, so bitmap fonts are thus faster displayed than scalable
9926 The disadvantage is that sizes that don't exists as fixed versions have
9927 to be scaled by doubling pixels, and thus look bad.
9928 \begin_inset Newline newline
9931 Bitmap fonts are named
9934 \begin_inset space ~
9939 in PostScript- and PDF-documents.
9942 \begin_layout Standard
9943 The result of all this, is that bitmap fonts are best for the size they
9944 are designed for, while scalable fonts are good for nearly all sizes.
9945 So one need less font size definitions for scalable fonts.
9946 That's the reason why nearly all text render and typesetting programs use
9950 \begin_layout Standard
9951 To test which fonts are used in a PDF-document, you can have a look into
9952 its document properties.
9955 \begin_layout Standard
9956 Many modern typesetting and markup languages have begun to move towards
9957 specifying character styles rather than specifying a particular font.
9958 For example, instead of changing to an italicized version of the current
9959 font to emphasize text, you use an
9960 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9964 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9968 This concept fits in perfectly with LyX.
9969 In LyX, you do things based on contexts, rather than focusing on typesetting
9973 \begin_layout Subsection
9974 Document Font and Font size
9975 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9977 name "sub:Document-Font"
9985 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9995 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10004 \begin_layout Standard
10005 You can set the document fonts in the
10007 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10014 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10015 Document ! Settings
10021 There you can specify which font should be used for the three different
10022 font shapes roman (serif),
10025 \begin_inset space ~
10037 \begin_layout Standard
10038 The possible options for the font include
10042 and a list of fonts available on your system.
10047 uses the standard TeX fonts, known as
10048 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10056 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10064 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10069 European Computer Modern
10072 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10082 \begin_layout Standard
10091 are bitmap fonts, they often looks pixeled in PDF output, especially when
10092 you read the PDF in a zoomed size.
10096 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10097 This problem doesn't appear if you read PDFs in
10100 \begin_inset space ~
10105 version 6 or later, because this program includes a special bitmap font
10111 To get rid of pixeled fonts, you have to use a vector font.
10112 There are three ways to use one:
10115 \begin_layout Itemize
10116 One way is to use the
10126 Virtual means that it
10127 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10131 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10138 -glyphs from other fonts.
10139 This has the disadvantage that some characters are missing, like the French
10141 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10145 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10149 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10153 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10160 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10161 Loading the LaTeX-package
10169 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10170 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! aeguill
10175 with the document preamble line
10178 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10183 usepackage[ec]{aeguill}
10186 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10187 will fix the guillemet problem.
10192 and that accented characters are not
10196 glyph, they are build of
10200 characters, the accent and the letter.
10201 Therefore you can't search in documents using the
10205 fonts for words with accented characters.
10206 If you search for example for the French word
10207 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10211 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10214 in a PDF, you won't get any result, because the PDF-viewer searches for
10216 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10220 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10223 and not for the glyph
10224 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10228 \begin_inset space ~
10232 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10238 \begin_layout Itemize
10239 Another possibility is to use three different outline fonts
10243 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10252 , consists of these three main font types
10255 \begin_inset space ~
10276 \begin_inset space ~
10286 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10290 \begin_inset space ~
10297 as typewriter font.
10298 \begin_inset Newline newline
10301 The differences between roman,
10304 \begin_inset space ~
10313 fonts are explained in section
10314 \begin_inset space ~
10318 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10320 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
10325 \begin_inset Newline newline
10331 \begin_inset space ~
10336 was originally designed for newspapers.
10337 That means its glyphs are smaller than the one from other fonts to fit
10338 into the small newspaper columns.
10342 \begin_inset space ~
10347 is not the optimal choice for larger documents like books.
10350 \begin_layout Itemize
10351 The best solution is to use the
10356 These fonts are developed in order of the LaTeX community to replace
10363 \begin_layout Standard
10364 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
10367 For the font size there are four possible values:
10384 depends on your LaTeX-system, normally it is equal to the font size 10.
10387 \begin_layout Standard
10388 The font sizes are the
10393 LyX actually scales all other possible font sizes (such as those used in
10394 footnotes, super-, and subscripts) by this value.
10395 You can fine-tune the font size of text parts via the
10398 \begin_inset space ~
10404 The possible font sizes for text parts are explained in section
10405 \begin_inset space ~
10409 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10411 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
10418 \begin_layout Standard
10419 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
10423 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
10426 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10431 When you choose a new font or font size, LyX does
10435 change the screen font! You will only see a difference in the printed output;
10436 this is part of the WYSIWYM concept.
10437 LyX's screen fonts can be adjusted in the
10439 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10442 dialog, see section
10443 \begin_inset space ~
10447 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10449 reference "sub:Screen-Fonts"
10461 \begin_layout Subsection
10462 Using Different Character Styles
10466 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10476 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10485 \begin_layout Standard
10486 As we've already seen, LyX automatically changes the character style for
10487 certain paragraph environments.
10488 LyX supports two character styles,
10497 You can activate both of these styles via keybindings, the menus, and the
10501 \begin_layout Standard
10506 style, do one of the following:
10509 \begin_layout Itemize
10510 click on the toolbar button
10511 \begin_inset Graphics
10512 filename ../images/font-noun.png
10519 \begin_layout Itemize
10520 use the key binding
10523 \begin_inset space ~
10529 \begin_layout Standard
10530 These commands are all toggles.
10535 style is already active, they deactivate it.
10538 \begin_layout Standard
10539 One typically uses the
10543 style for proper names.
10545 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10552 is the original author of LyX.
10553 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10559 \begin_layout Standard
10560 A more widely used character style is the
10565 You can activate (or deactivate - it's also a toggle) the
10572 \begin_layout Itemize
10573 clicking on the toolbar button
10574 \begin_inset Graphics
10575 filename ../images/font-emph.png
10582 \begin_layout Itemize
10583 using the keybindings
10586 \begin_inset space ~
10592 \begin_layout Standard
10597 style is equivalent to an italic font but some document classes or LaTeX-packag
10598 es use a different font.
10601 \begin_layout Standard
10602 We've been using the
10606 style all over the place in this document.
10607 Here's one more example:
10610 \begin_layout Quotation
10613 Don't overuse character styles!
10616 \begin_layout Standard
10617 It's also a warning in addition to an example.
10618 One's writing should parallel ordinary conversation.
10619 Since we don't all constantly scream at each other, we should also avoid
10620 the common tendency to overuse character style.
10624 \begin_layout Standard
10625 You can always reset to the default font using the key binding
10628 \begin_inset space ~
10635 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10637 \begin_inset space ~
10645 \begin_layout Subsection
10646 Fine-Tuning with the
10651 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10653 name "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
10661 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10670 \begin_layout Standard
10671 There are always occasions when you'll need to do some fine-tuning, so LyX
10672 gives you a way to create custom character style.
10673 For example, an academic journal or a corporation may have a style sheet
10674 requiring a sans-serif font be used in certain situations.
10675 Also, writers sometimes use a different font to offset a character's thoughts
10676 from ordinary dialog.
10679 \begin_layout Standard
10680 Before we document how to use custom character style, we want to issue a
10681 warning yet again: Don't overuse character styles!
10682 \begin_inset Newline newline
10685 Documents that overuse different fonts and sizes are not well readable and
10686 tend to look like someone has knocked huge holes in it.
10689 \begin_layout Standard
10690 To use custom character styles, open the
10692 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10694 \begin_inset space ~
10700 There are several boxes on this dialog, each corresponding to a different
10701 font property which you can choose.
10702 You can choose an option for one of these properties, or select
10705 \begin_inset space ~
10710 , which keeps the current state of that property.
10715 will reset the property to whatever is the default.
10716 You can use this to reset attributes across a bunch of different paragraph
10717 environments in a snap.
10720 \begin_layout Standard
10721 The font properties, and their options (in addition to
10724 \begin_inset space ~
10736 \begin_layout Labeling
10737 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10743 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10747 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10751 The possible options are:
10755 \begin_layout Labeling
10756 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10761 This is the Roman font family.
10762 Normally a serif font.
10763 It's also the default family.
10768 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10780 \begin_inset space ~
10789 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10797 \begin_inset Note Note
10800 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10801 The LaTeX-command prevents text to be broken at the end of a line.
10802 It is explained in section
10803 \begin_inset space ~
10807 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10809 reference "sub:Hyphenation"
10821 \begin_layout Labeling
10822 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10826 \begin_inset space ~
10833 This is the Sans Serif font family.
10840 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10852 \begin_inset space ~
10861 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10871 \begin_layout Labeling
10872 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10879 This is the Typewriter font family.
10886 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10898 \begin_inset space ~
10907 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10920 \begin_layout Labeling
10921 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10926 This corresponds to the print weight.
10931 \begin_layout Labeling
10932 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10937 This is the Medium font series.
10938 It's also the default series.
10941 \begin_layout Labeling
10942 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10949 This is the Bold font series.
10956 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10968 \begin_inset space ~
10977 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10988 \begin_layout Labeling
10989 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10994 As the name implies.
10999 \begin_layout Labeling
11000 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11005 This is the Upright font shape.
11006 It's also the default shape.
11009 \begin_layout Labeling
11010 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11024 s the Italic font shape
11030 \begin_layout Labeling
11031 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11038 This is the Slanted font shape
11040 (although it might not be visible in LyX, this is different from italic).
11043 \begin_layout Labeling
11044 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11048 \begin_inset space ~
11055 This is the Small caps font shape
11062 \begin_layout Labeling
11063 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11068 Alters the size of the font.
11069 You'll find no numerical values here; all possible sizes are actually proportio
11070 nal to the document font size.
11071 Once again, you don't feed LyX the details, but a general description of
11072 what you want to do.
11077 \begin_layout Labeling
11078 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11086 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11090 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11100 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11112 \begin_inset space ~
11121 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11132 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11144 \begin_inset space ~
11153 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11163 \begin_layout Labeling
11164 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11172 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11176 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11186 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11198 \begin_inset space ~
11207 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11217 \begin_layout Labeling
11218 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11226 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11230 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11240 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11252 \begin_inset space ~
11261 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11272 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11284 \begin_inset space ~
11293 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11303 \begin_layout Labeling
11304 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11312 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11316 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11326 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11338 \begin_inset space ~
11347 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11358 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11370 \begin_inset space ~
11379 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11389 \begin_layout Labeling
11390 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11396 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11400 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11404 It's also the default size.
11409 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11421 \begin_inset space ~
11430 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11441 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11453 \begin_inset space ~
11462 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11472 \begin_layout Labeling
11473 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11481 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11485 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11495 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11507 \begin_inset space ~
11516 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11527 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11539 \begin_inset space ~
11548 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11558 \begin_layout Labeling
11559 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11567 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11571 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11581 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11593 \begin_inset space ~
11602 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11613 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11625 \begin_inset space ~
11634 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11644 \begin_layout Labeling
11645 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11653 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11657 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11667 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11679 \begin_inset space ~
11688 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11698 \begin_layout Labeling
11699 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11707 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11711 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11721 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11733 \begin_inset space ~
11742 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11753 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11765 \begin_inset space ~
11774 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11784 \begin_layout Labeling
11785 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11793 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11797 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11807 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11819 \begin_inset space ~
11828 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11839 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11851 \begin_inset space ~
11860 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11871 \begin_layout Standard
11876 : don't go crazy with this feature.
11877 You should almost never need to change the font size.
11878 LyX automatically changes the font size for different paragraph environments
11879 - use that instead.
11880 This is here for fine-tuning only!
11883 \begin_layout Labeling
11884 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11889 Here you can change a few other things at the character level.
11894 \begin_layout Labeling
11895 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11902 This is text with emphasize on
11905 This might seem like the same as
11909 , but it is actually a bit different.
11915 That means every document class can define its own font used for emphasized
11917 Normally this font is equal to italic.
11920 \begin_layout Labeling
11921 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11928 This is text with Underbar on.
11935 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11947 \begin_inset space ~
11956 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11966 \begin_inset Newline newline
11971 Avoid using underbar if you can! It's a holdover from the typewriter days,
11972 when you couldn't change fonts.
11973 We no longer need to emphasize text by underscoring characters.
11974 It's only included in LyX because some people
11978 need it in order to follow style sheets for journal submissions.
11981 \begin_layout Labeling
11982 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11989 This is text with Noun on.
11996 , this is a logical attribute.
11997 Normally it's equivalent to
12000 \begin_inset space ~
12009 \begin_layout Labeling
12010 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12015 You can adjust the color of the text with this control.
12016 Notice that not all DVI-viewers are are able to display colors.
12020 \begin_inset space ~
12025 , which is the default
12026 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12030 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12033 and means normally black, you can choose between
12069 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12078 \begin_layout Labeling
12079 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12084 This is used to mark regions of text as having a different language from
12085 the language of the document.
12086 Text marked in this way will be underlined in blue to indicate the change
12090 \begin_layout Standard
12091 So you have a huge number of combinations to choose from.
12092 Once you've chosen a new character style via the
12094 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12096 \begin_inset space ~
12101 dialog, the settings are saved.
12102 You can activate them using the toolbar button
12103 \begin_inset Graphics
12104 filename ../images/textstyle-apply.png
12109 The button lets you toggle the state of your custom character style even
12110 when the dialog isn't visible.
12114 \begin_layout Standard
12115 To completely reset the character style to the default, use
12118 \begin_inset space ~
12124 If you want to toggle only those properties that you have just changed
12125 (suppose you just set the shape to
12126 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12130 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12134 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12138 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12144 \begin_inset space ~
12156 \begin_layout Standard
12157 You should also know something about the differences between the three main
12165 \begin_inset space ~
12177 \begin_layout Itemize
12183 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12187 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12190 font, that means every character has the same width, the
12191 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12195 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12199 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12203 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12208 \begin_inset Newline newline
12215 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12228 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12240 \begin_inset Note Note
12243 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12244 For more on phantoms see section
12245 \begin_inset space ~
12249 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
12251 reference "sub:More-Spaces"
12261 \begin_inset Newline newline
12267 \begin_layout Itemize
12272 fonts use characters with serifs.
12273 These are the small
12274 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12278 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12281 at all ends of of the streaks that form the character.
12282 The following example will show the difference:
12283 \begin_inset Newline newline
12287 \begin_inset Newline newline
12292 text without serifs
12295 \begin_inset Newline newline
12298 Serifs facilitates an easy and fast reading.
12299 They are therefore used as default font (named
12306 \begin_layout Itemize
12312 This font type is therefore often used for headings and short texts.
12313 We use it in this document to highlight menu names.
12316 \begin_layout Standard
12317 We conclude with the same warning once again: Don't overuse the fonts.
12318 They are, more often than not, a kludge and a bad substitute for good writing.
12321 \begin_layout Section
12322 Printing and Previewing
12325 \begin_layout Subsection
12329 \begin_layout Standard
12330 Now that we've covered some of the basic features of document preparation
12331 using LyX, you probably want to know how to print out your masterpiece.
12332 Before we tell you that, we want to give you a quick explanation of what
12333 goes on behind-the-scenes.
12334 We cover these informations in much greater detail in the
12337 \begin_inset space ~
12345 \begin_layout Standard
12346 LyX uses the program LaTeX as its backend.
12347 LaTeX is just a macro package for the TeX typesetting system, but to prevent
12348 confusion, we'll only refer to LaTeX.
12349 LyX is what you use to do your actual writing.
12350 Then, LyX calls LaTeX to turn your writing into printable output.
12351 This happens in two stages:
12354 \begin_layout Enumerate
12355 First, LyX converts your document to a series of text commands for LaTeX,
12356 generating a file with the extension,
12357 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12365 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12371 \begin_layout Enumerate
12372 Next, LaTeX uses the commands in the
12376 file to produce printable output.
12380 \begin_layout Subsection
12381 Output file formats
12385 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12392 \begin_inset CommandInset label
12394 name "sub:Output-file-formats"
12401 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12406 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12407 File formats ! ASCII
12415 \begin_layout Standard
12416 This file type has the extension
12417 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12425 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12429 It contains your document as plain text following the rules of the
12430 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12433 American Standard Code for Information Interchange
12434 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12440 \begin_layout Standard
12441 You can export your document to ASCII by the menu
12443 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12444 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12450 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12455 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12456 File formats ! Latex@LaTeX
12464 \begin_layout Standard
12465 This file type has the extension
12466 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12474 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12477 and contains all commands that are necessary for the LaTeX program to process
12479 If you know LaTeX, you can use it to find out LaTeX-Errors or to process
12480 it manually with console commands.
12481 The LaTeX-file is automatically created in LyX's temporary directory whenever
12482 you view or export your document.
12485 \begin_layout Standard
12486 You can export your document as LaTeX-file using the menu
12488 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12489 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12494 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12506 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12511 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12520 \begin_layout Standard
12521 This file type has the extension
12522 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12530 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12535 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12539 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12542 (DVI), because it is completely portable; you can move them from one machine
12543 to another without needing to do any sort of conversion.
12544 At the time when this file-format was developed, this was no matter of
12546 DVIs are used for quick previews and as pre-stage for other output formats,
12550 \begin_layout Standard
12551 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
12554 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12559 The DVI file doesn't contain images, they will only be a linked.
12560 So don't forget to deliver the images together with your DVIs.
12565 This property can also slow down your computer when you view the DVI.
12566 Because the DVI-viewer has to convert the image in the background to make
12567 it visible when you scroll in the DVI.
12568 So we recommend to use PDF for files with many images.
12571 \begin_layout Standard
12572 You can export your document to DVI by the menu
12574 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12575 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12581 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12586 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12587 File formats ! PostScript
12595 \begin_layout Standard
12596 This file type has the extension
12597 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12605 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12609 PostScript was developed by the company
12613 as printer language.
12614 The file contains therefore commands that the printer uses to print the
12616 PostScript can be seen as
12617 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12620 programming language
12621 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12624 ; you can calculate with it and draw diagrams and images.
12628 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12629 If you are interested to learn more about this, have a look at the LaTeX-package
12638 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12639 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! pstricks
12649 Due to this ability, the files are often bigger than PDFs.
12652 \begin_layout Standard
12653 PostScript can only contain images in the format
12654 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12657 Encapsulated PostScript
12658 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12661 (EPS, file extension
12662 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12670 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12674 As LyX allows you to use any known image format in your document, it has
12675 to convert them in the background to EPS.
12676 If you have e.g 50 images in your document, LyX has to do 50 conversions
12677 whenever you view or export your document.
12678 This will slow down your workflow with LyX drastically.
12679 So if you plan to use PostScript, you can insert your images directly as
12680 EPS to avoid this problem.
12683 \begin_layout Standard
12684 You can export your document to PostScript using the menu
12686 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12687 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12693 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12698 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12708 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12717 \begin_layout Standard
12718 This file type has the extension
12719 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12727 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12732 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12735 Portable Document Format
12736 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12739 (PDF) is developed by
12743 as derivative from PostScript.
12744 It is more compressed and it uses much less commands than PostScript.
12746 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12750 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12753 implies, it can be processed at any computer system and the printed output
12754 looks exactly the same.
12757 \begin_layout Standard
12758 PDF can contain images in its own PDF format and in the formats
12759 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12762 Joint Photographic Experts Group
12763 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12766 (JPG, file extension
12767 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12775 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12779 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12787 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12791 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12794 Portable Network Graphics
12795 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12798 (PNG, file extension
12799 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12807 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12811 You can although use any other image format, because LyX converts them
12812 in the background to one of these formats.
12813 But as described in the section about PostScript, the image conversion
12814 will slow down your workflow.
12815 So we recommend to use images in one of the three mentioned formats.
12818 \begin_layout Standard
12819 You can export your document to PDF via the menu
12821 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12824 in three different ways:
12827 \begin_layout Description
12828 PDF This uses the program
12832 that creates a PDF from a PostScript-version of your file.
12833 The PostScript-version is produced by the program
12837 which uses a DVI-version as intermediate step.
12838 So this export variant consist of three conversions.
12841 \begin_layout Description
12843 \begin_inset space ~
12846 (dvipdfm) This uses the program
12850 that converts your file in the background to DVI and in a second step to
12854 \begin_layout Description
12856 \begin_inset space ~
12859 (pdflatex) This uses the program
12863 that converts your file directly to PDF.
12866 \begin_layout Standard
12867 We recommend to use
12870 \begin_inset space ~
12879 supports all features of actual PDF-versions, is quick and works stable
12885 is no more under development and therefore a bit outdated.
12888 \begin_layout Subsection
12893 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12902 \begin_layout Standard
12903 To get a look at the final version of your document, with all of the pagebreaks
12904 in place, the footnotes correctly numbered, and so on, use the menu
12908 and choose a file type.
12909 A viewing program will popup showing the output.
12912 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12915 you can use the toolbar button
12916 \begin_inset Graphics
12917 filename ../images/buffer-view_dvi.png
12927 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12929 \begin_inset space ~
12934 you can use the toolbar button
12935 \begin_inset Graphics
12936 filename ../images/buffer-export_pdf2.png
12943 \begin_layout Standard
12944 If you have changed your document, you can refresh the output in the same
12945 viewer window using the menu
12947 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12953 \begin_layout Standard
12954 When you preview a file, the output file is only generated in LyX's temporary
12956 To have a real output, export your document.
12959 \begin_layout Subsection
12960 Printing the File from within LyX
12961 \begin_inset CommandInset label
12963 name "sub:Printing-the-File"
12970 \begin_layout Standard
12971 Instead of exporting your file and then printing them, you can also print
12972 it directly from within LyX.
12973 To print a file, select the menu
12975 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12978 or click on the toolbar button
12979 \begin_inset Graphics
12980 filename ../images/dialog-show_print.png
12985 LyX will internally call LaTeX to produce a DVI.
12986 This file is then processed by the program
12990 to PostScript-file, which is finally printed using the program
12995 Due to these steps in the background, this method is not the fastest.
12998 \begin_layout Standard
12999 You can choose to print only even-numbered or odd-numbered pages - this
13000 is useful for printing on two sides: You can re-insert the pages after
13001 printing one set to print on the other side.
13002 Some printers spit out pages face-up, others, face-down.
13003 By choosing a particular order to print in, you can take the entire stack
13004 of pages out of the printer without needing to reorder them.
13007 \begin_layout Standard
13008 You can set the parameters in the
13011 \begin_inset space ~
13019 \begin_layout Labeling
13020 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13025 This is the name of the printer to print to.
13029 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13030 Note that this printer name is for the program
13039 has to be configured for this printer name.
13040 The default printer can be set in LyX's preferences dialog, see section
13041 \begin_inset space ~
13045 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
13047 reference "sub:Printer"
13056 The printer should understand PostScript.
13059 \begin_layout Labeling
13060 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13065 The name of a file to print to.
13066 The output will be a PostScript file.
13067 It will be written in LyX's working directory unless you specify the full
13071 \begin_layout Section
13072 A few Words about Typography
13076 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13085 \begin_layout Subsection
13090 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13097 \begin_inset CommandInset label
13106 \begin_layout Standard
13108 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13116 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13119 character comes in three lengths, often called the
13134 \begin_layout Enumerate
13136 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13140 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13144 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13152 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13158 \begin_layout Enumerate
13160 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13164 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13168 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13177 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13189 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13195 \begin_layout Enumerate
13197 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13201 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13205 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13214 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13227 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13239 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13245 \begin_layout Enumerate
13247 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13251 \begin_inset Formula $-$
13255 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13259 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13267 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13273 \begin_layout Standard
13274 You generate them by inserting the
13275 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13283 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13286 character multiple times in a row.
13287 They are automatically converted to the appropriate length dash in the
13288 final output, but not in LyX.
13291 \begin_layout Standard
13292 The three dash types are distinct from the minus sign, which appears in
13293 math mode and has a length of its own.
13294 Here are some examples of the
13295 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13303 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13309 \begin_layout Enumerate
13310 line- and page-breaks
13311 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13321 \begin_layout Enumerate
13323 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13333 \begin_layout Enumerate
13334 Oh --- there's a dash.
13335 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13345 \begin_layout Enumerate
13346 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}-y^{2}=z^{2}$
13350 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13360 \begin_layout Subsection
13365 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13372 \begin_inset CommandInset label
13374 name "sub:Hyphenation"
13381 \begin_layout Standard
13382 Words aren't hyphenated within LyX but automatically in the output.
13383 Hyphenation is done by the LaTeX-package
13391 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13392 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! babel
13397 following the rules of the document language
13401 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13402 For German readers: That's one of the main differences between the languages
13410 \begin_inset space ~
13414 \begin_inset space ~
13421 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13432 \begin_layout Standard
13433 LaTeX hyphenates nearly perfectly, it has only problems with text in the
13438 and with unusual constructs, like
13439 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13443 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13447 If LaTeX can't break a word correctly, you can set hyphenation points manually.
13448 This is done with the menu
13450 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13451 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13453 \begin_inset space ~
13459 These extra hyphenation points are only recommendations to LaTeX.
13460 If no hyphenation is necessary, LaTeX will ignore them.
13463 \begin_layout Standard
13464 Sometimes you want to prevent words or constructs to be hyphenated.
13465 The keybindings/shortcuts in this document consists of three letters with
13466 a hyphen and a space in the form
13467 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13471 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13475 LaTeX finds there the hyphen
13476 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13480 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13483 as hyphenation possibility.
13484 Hyphenating at this point would look ugly.
13485 To prevent the shortcut from being hyphenated, we can put it in the argument
13486 of the LaTeX-box-command
13492 , because text within LaTeX-boxes can't be hyphenated.
13493 As LyX doesn't support
13499 , we have to use TeX Code.
13500 The result looks in LyX like:
13503 \begin_layout Standard
13504 \begin_inset Graphics
13505 filename clipart/mbox.png
13512 \begin_layout Standard
13513 To learn more about TeX Code, have a look at section
13514 \begin_inset space ~
13518 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
13520 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
13527 \begin_layout Subsection
13532 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13541 \begin_layout Subsubsection
13542 Abbreviations and End of Sentence
13543 \begin_inset CommandInset label
13545 name "sub:Abbreviations"
13552 \begin_layout Standard
13553 When LyX calls LaTeX to generate the final version of your document, LaTeX
13554 automatically distinguishes between words, sentences, and abbreviations.
13555 LaTeX then adds the
13556 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13559 appropriate amount of space
13560 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13564 That means sentences get a little bit more space between the period and
13566 Abbreviations get the same amount of space after the period as a word uses.
13569 \begin_layout Standard
13570 Unfortunately, the algorithm for figuring out what's an abbreviation works
13573 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13581 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13584 is at the end of a lowercase letter, it's the end of a sentence; if it's
13585 at the end of a capitalized letter, it's an abbreviation.
13588 \begin_layout Standard
13589 Here are some examples of
13593 abbreviations and the end of a sentence:
13596 \begin_layout Itemize
13601 \begin_layout Itemize
13606 \begin_layout Standard
13607 And here's an example of the algorithm going wrong:
13610 \begin_layout Itemize
13613 this is too much space!
13616 \begin_layout Itemize
13621 \begin_layout Standard
13622 You won't see anything wrong until you view a final version of your document.
13625 \begin_layout Standard
13626 To fix this problem, use one of the following:
13629 \begin_layout Enumerate
13633 \begin_inset space ~
13638 after lowercase abbreviations (see section
13639 \begin_inset space ~
13643 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
13645 reference "sub:Inter-word-Space"
13653 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13654 Spaces ! inter-word
13662 \begin_layout Enumerate
13666 \begin_inset space ~
13671 between two tokens of an abbreviation (see section
13672 \begin_inset space ~
13676 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
13678 reference "sub:Thin-Space"
13686 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13695 \begin_layout Enumerate
13699 \begin_inset space ~
13703 \begin_inset space ~
13707 \begin_inset space ~
13714 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13716 \begin_inset space ~
13721 menu to force the use of inter-sentence spacing.
13722 This function is also bound to
13729 \begin_layout Standard
13730 With the corrections, our earlier examples look like this:
13733 \begin_layout Itemize
13735 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
13739 \begin_inset space \space{}
13742 this is too much space!
13745 \begin_layout Itemize
13746 This is I\SpecialChar \@.
13750 \begin_layout Standard
13751 Some languages don't use extra spacing between sentences.
13752 If your language is such a language, you don't need to worry, because the
13753 LaTeX will care about this.
13756 \begin_layout Standard
13757 For those that do need to bother, there is help to catch those sneaky errors:
13760 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13762 \begin_inset space ~
13767 feature described in section
13778 \begin_layout Subsubsection
13783 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13784 Typography ! Quotes
13793 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13798 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13809 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13822 \begin_inset CommandInset label
13831 \begin_layout Standard
13832 LyX usually sets quotes correctly.
13833 Specifically, it will use an opening quote at the beginning of quoted text,
13834 and use a closing quote at the end.
13836 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13840 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13844 The keyboard character,
13848 , generates this automatically.
13851 \begin_layout Standard
13852 You can change the behavior of the
13856 key using the submenu
13862 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13869 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13870 Document ! Settings
13878 \begin_layout Standard
13879 You can also select quotes for different languages in the box
13884 There are six choices:
13887 \begin_layout Labeling
13888 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13891 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13895 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13900 Use quotes like this
13901 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13905 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13909 \begin_inset Quotes els
13913 \begin_inset Quotes ers
13919 \begin_layout Labeling
13920 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13923 \begin_inset Quotes sld
13927 \begin_inset Quotes srd
13933 \begin_inset Quotes sld
13937 \begin_inset Quotes srd
13941 \begin_inset Quotes ers
13947 \begin_layout Labeling
13948 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13951 \begin_inset Quotes gld
13955 \begin_inset Quotes grd
13961 \begin_inset Quotes gld
13965 \begin_inset Quotes grd
13969 \begin_inset Quotes gls
13973 \begin_inset Quotes grs
13979 \begin_layout Labeling
13980 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13983 \begin_inset Quotes pld
13987 \begin_inset Quotes prd
13993 \begin_inset Quotes pld
13997 \begin_inset Quotes prd
14001 \begin_inset Quotes pls
14005 \begin_inset Quotes prs
14011 \begin_layout Labeling
14012 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14015 \begin_inset Quotes fld
14019 \begin_inset Quotes frd
14025 \begin_inset Quotes fld
14029 \begin_inset Quotes frd
14033 \begin_inset Quotes fls
14037 \begin_inset Quotes frs
14043 \begin_layout Labeling
14044 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14047 \begin_inset Quotes ald
14051 \begin_inset Quotes ard
14057 \begin_inset Quotes ald
14061 \begin_inset Quotes ard
14065 \begin_inset Quotes als
14069 \begin_inset Quotes ars
14075 \begin_layout Standard
14076 These settings affects what character the
14083 \begin_layout Subsection
14088 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14089 Typography ! Ligatures
14098 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14103 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14114 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14127 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14129 name "sub:Ligatures"
14136 \begin_layout Standard
14137 It is standard typesetting practice to group certain letters together and
14138 print them as single characters.
14139 These groups are known as
14144 Since LaTeX knows about ligatures, your documents will contain them too
14146 Here are the standard ligatures:
14149 \begin_layout Itemize
14153 \begin_layout Itemize
14157 \begin_layout Itemize
14161 \begin_layout Itemize
14165 \begin_layout Itemize
14169 \begin_layout Standard
14170 Some languages uses other ligatures if the document font supports them.
14173 \begin_layout Standard
14174 Sometimes, you don't want a ligature in a word.
14175 While a ligature may be okay in the word,
14176 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14180 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14183 it looks really weird in compound words, such as
14184 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14188 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14192 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14196 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14199 To break a ligature, use
14201 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14202 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14204 \begin_inset space ~
14211 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14215 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14219 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14222 cuff\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
14224 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14228 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14232 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14236 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14239 Dorf\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
14241 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14247 \begin_layout Subsection
14252 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14253 Lyx@LyX ! Proper names
14259 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14261 name "sub:LyX's-Proper-Names"
14268 \begin_layout Standard
14269 You have surely noticed, that the word
14270 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14274 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14277 appears always with characters in different size and height.
14278 LaTeX is the name of the program used by LyX and is therefore recognized
14279 as proper name when you type it in LyX as
14280 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14287 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14295 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14299 \begin_inset Note Note
14302 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14303 The braces in TeX Code are here to avoid that the
14304 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14308 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14311 appear as proper name in the output, see the last paragraph of this section.
14312 To create proper names omit the TeX Code.
14317 Note the order of the upper-and lowercase letters! LyX recognizes the following
14321 \begin_layout Description
14322 LyX The name of the game, write
14323 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14330 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14338 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14344 \begin_layout Description
14345 TeX The program used by LaTeX, write
14346 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14353 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14361 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14367 \begin_layout Description
14368 LaTeX The program used by LyX, write
14369 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14376 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14384 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14390 \begin_layout Description
14391 LaTeX2e The actual version of LaTeX, write
14392 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14399 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14407 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14413 \begin_layout Standard
14414 You might wonder why the LaTeX-version is
14415 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14419 \begin_inset Formula $\epsilon$
14423 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14427 It's an old tradition in the TeX-world to give programs geek version numbers.
14428 For example the version number of TeX converges to the number
14429 \begin_inset Formula $\pi$
14432 : The actual version is
14433 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14437 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14440 , the previous one was
14441 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14445 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14451 \begin_layout Standard
14452 If you don't want to use proper names, e.g.
14453 in section headings, you can insert two empty braces in TeX Code in the
14455 This will look in LyX like:
14456 \begin_inset Graphics
14457 filename clipart/LaTeX.png
14462 \begin_inset Newline newline
14465 For more about TeX Code, look at section
14466 \begin_inset space ~
14470 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14472 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
14479 \begin_layout Subsection
14484 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14493 \begin_layout Standard
14494 Generally the space between units and the number is smaller than the normal
14495 space between two words.
14496 As you can see in the example below, it looks better when the space is
14499 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14503 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14506 for units use the menu
14508 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14509 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14511 \begin_inset space ~
14523 \begin_layout Standard
14524 Here's an example to show the differences:
14527 \begin_layout Standard
14528 \begin_inset Tabular
14529 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
14531 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
14532 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
14534 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14537 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14539 \begin_inset space ~
14543 \begin_inset Formula $\cdot$
14551 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14554 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14555 space between number and unit
14562 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14565 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14567 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
14571 \begin_inset Formula $\cdot$
14579 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14582 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14583 half space between number and unit
14596 \begin_layout Subsection
14601 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14602 Typography ! Widows and orphans
14608 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14617 \begin_layout Standard
14618 In the early days of word processors, page breaks went wherever the page
14620 There was no regard for what was actually going on in the text.
14621 You may remember once printing out a document, only to find the heading
14622 for a new section printed at the very bottom of the page, the first line
14623 of a new paragraph all alone at the bottom of a page, or the last line
14624 of a paragraph at the top of a new page.
14625 These bits of text became known as
14636 \begin_layout Standard
14637 Clearly, LyX can avoid breaking pages after a section heading.
14638 That's part of the advantage of paragraph environments.
14639 But what about widows and orphans, where the page breaks leave one line
14640 of a paragraph all alone at the top or bottom of a page? There are rules
14641 built into LaTeX governing page breaks, and some of those rules are there
14642 to specifically prevent widows and orphans.
14643 This is the advantage LyX has in using LaTeX as its backend.
14646 \begin_layout Standard
14647 There's no way we can go into how TeX and LaTeX decide to break a page,
14648 or how you can tweak that behavior.
14649 Some LaTeX books listed in the bibliography [such as
14650 \begin_inset space ~
14654 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
14656 key "latexcompanion"
14661 \begin_inset space ~
14665 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
14671 ] may have more information.
14672 You will almost never need to worry about this, however.
14675 \begin_layout Chapter
14676 Notes, Graphics, Tables, and Floats
14677 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14679 name "cha:Floats-and-Notes"
14686 \begin_layout Standard
14687 The issues of this chapter are described in detail in the
14692 There you'll also find tips and tricks for special cases.
14695 \begin_layout Section
14700 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14707 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14716 \begin_layout Standard
14717 LyX offers you a few types of notes to add to your document:
14720 \begin_layout Description
14722 \begin_inset space ~
14725 Note This note type is for internal notes that won't appear in the output.
14726 \begin_inset Newline newline
14730 \begin_inset Note Note
14733 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14734 This is text in a note box that doesn't appear in the output.
14742 \begin_layout Description
14743 Comment This note also doesn't appear in the output but it appears as LaTeX-comm
14744 ent, when you export the document to LaTeX via the menu
14746 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14747 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14748 LaTeX (pdflatex) / (plain)
14751 \begin_inset Newline newline
14755 \begin_inset Note Comment
14758 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14759 This is text in a note box that only appears as comment in LaTeX-files.
14767 \begin_layout Description
14769 \begin_inset space ~
14772 Out This note will appear in the output as grey text.
14773 \begin_inset Newline newline
14777 \begin_inset Newline newline
14781 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
14784 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14789 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14790 This is an example footnote within a greyed out note.
14791 In this document the greyed out note color is redefined to blue.
14792 How this can be done is explained in the
14801 of a comment that appears in the output as grey text.
14807 \begin_inset Newline newline
14811 \begin_inset Newline newline
14814 As you can see in the example, the first line of greyed out notes is a bit
14815 indented and greyed out notes can have footnotes.
14818 \begin_layout Description
14819 Framed This note will appear in the output as framed text.
14821 \begin_inset Box Framed
14830 height_special "totalheight"
14833 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14834 This is text in a note box that appears framed in the output.
14839 In contrary to framed boxes like the one in section
14840 \begin_inset space ~
14844 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14846 reference "sub:TeX-Code-Boxes"
14850 , the frame uses always the whole text width and the note is set into its
14854 \begin_layout Description
14855 Shaded This note will appear in the output with red background color.
14856 \begin_inset Box Shaded
14865 height_special "totalheight"
14868 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14869 This text in a note box appears in the output with red background.
14874 In contrary to colored boxes, the note uses always the whole text width
14875 and the note is set into its own paragraph.
14878 \begin_layout Standard
14879 Notes are inserted with the toolbar button
14880 \begin_inset Graphics
14881 filename ../images/note-insert.png
14883 scaleBeforeRotation
14889 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14893 Right-click on the appearing note box to select the note type.
14896 \begin_layout Section
14901 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14908 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14910 name "sec:Footnotes"
14917 \begin_layout Standard
14918 LyX uses boxes to display footnotes: When you insert a footnote using the
14921 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14924 or the toolbar button
14925 \begin_inset Graphics
14926 filename ../images/footnote-insert.png
14939 \begin_inset Graphics
14940 filename clipart/footnoteQt4.png
14950 This box is LyX's representation of your footnote.
14960 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14968 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14979 label, the box will
14983 be opened and you can enter the footnote text into it.
14984 Clicking on the box label again, will close
14997 If you want to turn existing text into a footnote, simply mark it and click
15013 \begin_layout Standard
15014 Here's an example footnote:
15022 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15023 To close a footnote, click on the red box at the top left.
15031 \begin_layout Standard
15032 The footnote will appear in the output as a superscript number at the text
15033 position where the footnote box is placed.
15034 The footnote text is placed at the bottom of the current page.
15035 The footnote number is calculated by LyX, the numbers are consecutive,
15036 no matter in which chapter the footnote is in.
15037 LyX doesn't support other numbering schemes yet, but you can get another
15038 scheme using special LaTeX-commands.
15043 ey are described in the
15050 \begin_layout Section
15055 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15062 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15064 name "sec:Marginal-Notes"
15071 \begin_layout Standard
15072 Marginal notes look and behave just like footnotes in LyX.
15073 When you insert a margin note via the menu
15075 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15077 \begin_inset space ~
15082 or the toolbar button
15083 \begin_inset Graphics
15084 filename ../images/marginalnote-insert.png
15104 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15108 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15111 appearing within your text.
15112 This box is LyX's representation of your margin
15121 \begin_layout Standard
15122 At the side is an example marginal note.
15126 \begin_inset Marginal
15129 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15130 This is a marginal note.
15138 \begin_layout Standard
15139 Marginal notes appear at the right side in single-sided documents.
15140 In double-sided documents they appear in the outer margin -- left on even
15141 pages, right on odd pages.
15144 \begin_layout Section
15145 Graphics and Images
15149 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15159 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15166 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15168 name "sec:Graphics"
15175 \begin_layout Standard
15176 To insert an image in your document, place the cursor at the text position
15177 you want and click on the toolbar icon
15178 \begin_inset Graphics
15179 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_graphics.png
15185 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15189 Then a dialog will appear to choose the file to load.
15192 \begin_layout Standard
15193 This dialog has numerous mostly self-explanatory parameters.
15198 tab allows you to choose your image file.
15199 The appearance of the image inside LyX and in the output is adjusted separately.
15200 The image can be transformed by setting a rotation angle and a scaling
15202 The scaling units are explained in Appendix
15203 \begin_inset space ~
15207 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15209 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
15216 \begin_layout Standard
15221 it is possible to set image coordinates to adjust the height and width
15222 of the image in the output.
15223 The coordinates can also be calculated automatically by pressing the button
15227 \begin_inset space ~
15231 \begin_inset space ~
15240 \begin_inset space ~
15244 \begin_inset space ~
15248 \begin_inset space ~
15253 will only print the image region within the given coordinates.
15254 Normally you don't need to take care about image coordinates and can ignore
15262 \begin_layout Standard
15263 LaTeX experts can specify additional LaTeX options in the
15268 You can also set the
15272 option here if the image is inside a figure float.
15273 This option is explained in section
15274 \begin_inset space ~
15278 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15280 reference "sec:Figure-Floats"
15288 \begin_inset space ~
15293 effects that the image don't appear in the output, only a frame with the
15294 image size is printed.
15297 \begin_layout Standard
15298 The graphics dialog can be called at any time by right-clicking on an image.
15299 The image will appear in the output exactly at the position where it is
15301 This is an example image in the PDF format within a separate, horizontally
15302 centered paragraph:
15305 \begin_layout Standard
15307 \begin_inset Graphics
15308 filename clipart/mobius.eps
15310 rotateOrigin center
15317 \begin_layout Standard
15318 If you need image captions and want to reference images, you have to put
15319 the image into a float, see section
15320 \begin_inset space ~
15324 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15326 reference "sec:Figure-Floats"
15333 \begin_layout Subsection
15338 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15345 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15347 name "sub:Image-Formats"
15354 \begin_layout Standard
15355 You can insert images in any known file format.
15356 But as we explained in section
15357 \begin_inset space ~
15361 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15363 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
15367 , every output document format allows only a few image formats.
15368 LyX uses therefore the program
15372 in the background to convert the images to the right format.
15373 To increase your workflow by avoiding these conversions in the background,
15374 you can use only the image formats listed in the subsections of section
15375 \begin_inset space ~
15379 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15381 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
15388 \begin_layout Standard
15389 Similar to fonts there are two types of image formats:
15392 \begin_layout Description
15394 \begin_inset space ~
15397 images consist of pixel values, often in a compressed form.
15398 They are therefore not fully scalable and look pixeled in large zooms.
15399 Well-known bitmap image formats are
15400 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15403 Graphics Interchange Format
15404 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15407 (GIF, file extension
15408 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15416 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15423 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15428 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15439 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15452 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15455 Portable Network Graphics
15456 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15459 (PNG, file extension
15460 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15468 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15475 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15480 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15491 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15504 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15507 Joint Photographic Experts Group
15508 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15511 (JPG, file extension
15512 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15520 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15524 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15532 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15539 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15544 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15555 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15570 \begin_layout Description
15572 \begin_inset space ~
15575 images consist of vectors and can therefore be scaled to any size without
15577 The scaling ability is necessary if you want to create presentations, because
15578 presentations are always scaled by the beamer.
15579 Scaling is also useful for online documents to let the user zoom into diagrams.
15580 \begin_inset Newline newline
15583 Scalable image formats can be
15584 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15587 Scalable Vector Graphics
15588 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15591 (SVG, file extension
15592 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15600 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15607 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15612 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15623 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15636 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15639 Encapsulated PostScript
15640 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15643 (EPS, file extension
15644 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15652 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15659 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15664 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15675 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15688 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15691 Portable Document Format
15692 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15695 (PDF, file extension
15696 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15704 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15711 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15718 We say it can be, because you can convert any bitmap image format to PDF
15719 or EPS and the result won't be scalable.
15720 In this cases only a header with the image properties is added to the original
15725 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15726 In the case of PDF, the original image is additionally compressed.
15734 \begin_layout Standard
15735 Normally one can't convert a bitmap image into a scalable one, only vice
15739 \begin_layout Section
15744 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15751 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15760 \begin_layout Standard
15761 You can insert a table using either the toolbar button
15762 \begin_inset Graphics
15763 filename ../images/tabular-insert.png
15770 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15774 A dialog will appear, asking you for the number of rows and columns.
15775 The default table has lines around any cell and the first row appears separated
15776 from the rest of the table.
15777 This separation appears due to a double line: The cells of the first row
15778 have a line below them and the cells of the second row have a line above
15780 Here's an example table:
15783 \begin_layout Standard
15785 \begin_inset Tabular
15786 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="4">
15788 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
15789 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
15790 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0in">
15791 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
15793 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15796 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15802 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15805 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15820 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15823 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15829 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15832 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15840 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15843 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15858 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15861 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15867 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15870 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15876 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15879 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15887 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15890 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15905 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15908 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15914 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15917 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15927 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15930 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15938 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15941 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15956 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15959 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15965 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15968 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15974 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15977 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15991 \begin_layout Subsection
15995 \begin_layout Standard
15996 You can alter a table by clicking on it with the right mouse button, which
15997 brings up the table dialog.
15998 Here you can adjust the settings of the cell and row/column respectively
15999 where the cursor is placed currently.
16000 Most of the dialog options also work on selections.
16001 This means that if you select more cells, columns or rows the action is
16002 done on all of your selection.
16005 \begin_layout Standard
16006 Additionally to the table dialog the
16009 \begin_inset space ~
16014 , that appears when the cursor is inside a table, helps you in setting table
16016 It is for example currently only possible to add
16017 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
16021 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
16024 delete lines via the table toolbar.
16027 \begin_layout Standard
16031 \begin_inset space ~
16036 of the table dialog you can set the alignment for the current row.
16037 If you add a row or column, it will be inserted right beside or below the
16038 current cell respectively.
16039 The vertical alignment of a column can only be adjusted when a column width
16041 A given width will allow the cell to have line breaks and multiple paragraphs
16042 of text, see section
16043 \begin_inset space ~
16047 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
16049 reference "sub:Table-Cells"
16056 \begin_layout Standard
16057 You can mark multiple cells of one row as a multicolumn cell using the check
16063 This will merge the cells to
16067 cell, spread over more than one column.
16068 Multicolumn cells are treated as own rows, so that the alignment, width,
16069 and border settings affect only the multicolumn cell.
16070 Here's an example table with a multicolumn cell in the first row and one
16071 in the last row without the upper border:
16074 \begin_layout Standard
16076 \begin_inset Tabular
16077 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="4">
16078 <features firstHeadTopDL="true" firstHeadBottomDL="true">
16079 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16080 <column alignment="center" valignment="middle" width="0">
16081 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0in">
16082 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16084 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16087 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16093 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="middle" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16096 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16102 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16105 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16111 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16114 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16122 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16125 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16140 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16143 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16149 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16152 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16158 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16161 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16169 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16172 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16178 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16181 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16187 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16190 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16196 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16199 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16213 \begin_layout Standard
16214 At the moment LyX doesn't support multirow cells.
16215 Adept users can declare special LaTeX-arguments for the table.
16216 They are necessary for special table formatting, like for multirow cells,
16217 explained in the tables section of the
16220 \begin_inset space ~
16226 You can also rotate the current cell or the whole table 90
16227 \begin_inset Formula $\,$
16230 degrees counterclockwise.
16231 These rotations are not visible in LyX but in the output.
16234 \begin_layout Standard
16235 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
16238 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16243 Most DVI-viewers are
16247 able to display rotations.
16255 \begin_layout Standard
16260 tab allows you to add and delete border lines for the current row/column.
16265 adds lines for all cell borders.
16268 \begin_layout Subsection
16273 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16274 Tables ! Longtables
16283 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16292 \begin_layout Standard
16293 If the table is too long to fit on one page, you can use the option
16296 \begin_inset space ~
16300 \begin_inset space ~
16309 of the table dialog to split the table automatically over more pages.
16310 Doing this enables some check boxes and you can now define:
16313 \begin_layout Description
16318 : The current row and all rows above, that don't have any special options
16319 defined, are defined to be the header rows of all pages of the longtable;
16320 except for the first page, if
16323 \begin_inset space ~
16331 \begin_layout Description
16335 \begin_inset space ~
16340 : The current row and all rows above, that don't have any special options
16341 defined, are defined to be the header rows of the first page of the longtable.
16344 \begin_layout Description
16349 : The current row and all rows below, that don't have any special options
16350 defined, are defined to be the footer rows of all pages of the longtable;
16351 except for the last page, if
16354 \begin_inset space ~
16362 \begin_layout Description
16366 \begin_inset space ~
16371 : The current row and all rows below, that don't have any special options
16372 defined, are defined to be the footer rows of the last page of the longtable.
16375 \begin_layout Standard
16376 You can also specify a row where the table is split.
16377 If you set more than one option in the same table row, you should be aware
16378 of the fact that only the first one is used in the given table row.
16379 The others will then be defined as
16384 In this context, first means first in this order:
16387 \begin_inset space ~
16399 \begin_inset space ~
16405 See the following longtable to see how it works:
16408 \begin_layout Standard
16410 \begin_inset Tabular
16411 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="69" columns="3">
16412 <features islongtable="true">
16413 <column alignment="block" valignment="top" width="5cm">
16414 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16415 <column alignment="right" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16416 <row endfirsthead="true">
16417 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16420 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16423 Example Phone List (ignore the names)
16428 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16431 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16437 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16440 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16447 <row endfirsthead="true">
16448 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16451 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16459 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16462 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16468 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16471 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16480 <row endhead="true">
16481 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16484 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16492 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16495 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16501 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16504 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16511 <row endhead="true">
16512 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16515 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16523 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16526 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16532 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16535 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16544 <row endfoot="true">
16545 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16548 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16556 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16559 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16565 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16568 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16576 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16579 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16587 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16590 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16596 <cell alignment="right" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16599 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16607 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16610 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16618 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16621 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16627 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16630 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16638 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16641 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16649 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16652 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16658 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16661 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16669 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16672 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16680 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16683 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16689 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16692 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16700 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16703 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16711 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16714 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16720 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16723 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16731 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16734 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16742 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16745 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16751 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16754 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16762 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16765 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16773 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16776 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16782 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16785 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16793 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16796 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16804 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16807 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16813 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16816 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16824 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16827 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16835 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16838 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16844 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16847 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16855 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16858 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16866 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16869 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16875 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16878 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16886 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16889 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16897 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16900 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16906 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16909 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16917 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16920 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16928 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16931 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16937 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16940 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16948 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16951 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16959 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16962 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16968 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16971 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16979 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16982 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16990 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16993 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16999 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17002 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17010 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17013 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17021 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17024 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17030 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17033 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17041 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17044 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17052 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17055 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17061 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17064 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17072 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17075 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17083 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17086 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17092 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17095 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17103 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17106 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17114 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17117 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17123 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17126 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17134 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17137 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17145 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17148 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17154 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17157 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17165 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17168 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17176 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17179 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17185 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17188 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17196 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17199 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17207 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17210 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17216 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17219 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17227 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17230 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17238 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17241 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17247 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17250 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17258 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17261 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17269 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17272 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17278 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17281 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17289 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17292 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17300 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17303 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17309 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17312 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17320 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17323 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17331 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17334 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17340 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17343 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17351 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17354 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17362 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17365 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17371 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17374 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17382 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17385 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17393 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17396 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17402 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17405 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17413 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17416 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17424 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17427 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17433 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17436 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17444 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17447 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17455 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17458 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17464 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17467 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17475 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17478 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17486 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17489 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17495 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17498 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17506 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17509 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17517 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17520 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17526 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17529 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17537 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17540 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17546 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
17549 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17555 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17558 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17566 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17569 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17577 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17580 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17586 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17589 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17597 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17600 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17608 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17611 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17617 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17620 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17628 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17631 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17639 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17642 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17648 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17651 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17659 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17662 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17670 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17673 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17679 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17682 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17690 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17693 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17701 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17704 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17710 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17713 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17721 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17724 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17732 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17735 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17741 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17744 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17752 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17755 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17763 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17766 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17772 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17775 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17783 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17786 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17794 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17797 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17803 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17806 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17814 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17817 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17825 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17828 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17834 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17837 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17845 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17848 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17856 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17859 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17865 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17868 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17876 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17879 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17887 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17890 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17896 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17899 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17907 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17910 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17918 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17921 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17927 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17930 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17938 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17941 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17949 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17952 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17958 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17961 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17969 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17972 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17980 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17983 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17989 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17992 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18000 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18003 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18011 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18014 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18020 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18023 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18031 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18034 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18042 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18045 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18051 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18054 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18062 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18065 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18073 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18076 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18082 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18085 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18093 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18096 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18104 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18107 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18113 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18116 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18124 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18127 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18135 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18138 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18144 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18147 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18155 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18158 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18166 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18169 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18175 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18178 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18186 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18189 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18197 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18200 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18206 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18209 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18217 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18220 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18228 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18231 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18237 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18240 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18248 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18251 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18259 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18262 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18268 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18271 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18279 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18282 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18290 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18293 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18299 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18302 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18310 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18313 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18321 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18324 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18330 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18333 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18341 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18344 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18352 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18355 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18361 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18364 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18372 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18375 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18383 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18386 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18392 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18395 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18403 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18406 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18414 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18417 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18423 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18426 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18434 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18437 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18445 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18448 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18454 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18457 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18465 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18468 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18476 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18479 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18485 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18488 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18496 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18499 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18507 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18510 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18516 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18519 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18526 <row endlastfoot="true">
18527 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="block" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18530 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18538 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
18541 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18547 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18550 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18564 \begin_layout Subsection
18569 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18576 \begin_inset CommandInset label
18578 name "sub:Table-Cells"
18585 \begin_layout Standard
18586 A table cell can contain text, inline equations, a figure, or another table.
18587 All these kinds of objects can be placed in the same cell.
18588 Font sizes and shapes can also be altered.
18589 But you can't put a special environment in a cell (like
18593 , etc.), nor set spacing options etc.
18594 for the cell's paragraph.
18597 \begin_layout Standard
18598 To have multi-line entries in table cells, you have to declare a fixed width
18599 for the column in the table dialog.
18600 Your text is then automatically split into multiple lines and the cell
18601 is enlarged vertically when the length of the text exceeds the given width.
18605 \begin_layout Standard
18607 \begin_inset Tabular
18608 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="3">
18610 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
18611 <column alignment="block" valignment="top" width="3cm">
18612 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
18614 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18617 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18632 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18635 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18650 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18653 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18670 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18673 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18688 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18691 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18701 This is a multiline entry in a table.
18706 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18709 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18726 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18729 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18744 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18747 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18757 This is longer now.
18762 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18765 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18782 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18785 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18800 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18803 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18813 This is a multiline entry in a table.
18814 This is longer now.
18819 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18822 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18845 \begin_layout Standard
18846 Cutting and pasting between tables and table cells works reasonably well.
18847 You can cut and paste even more than one row.
18848 Selection with the mouse or with
18852 plus the arrow keys works as usual.
18853 You can also copy and paste the entire table as a single unit by starting
18854 the selection from outside the table.
18857 \begin_layout Section
18862 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18869 \begin_inset CommandInset label
18878 \begin_layout Standard
18879 A float is a block of text associated with some sort of label, which doesn't
18880 have a fixed location.
18882 \begin_inset Quotes eld
18886 \begin_inset Quotes erd
18889 forward or backward a page or two, to wherever it fits best.
18897 \begin_inset space ~
18902 are also floats, because they can float to the next page when there are
18903 too much notes at the page.
18906 \begin_layout Standard
18907 Floats makes it possible to get a high quality layout.
18908 Images and tables can evenly be spread to the pages to avoid whitespace
18909 and pages without text.
18910 As the floating often destroys the context between the text and the image/table
18911 , every float can be referenced in the text.
18912 Floats are therefore numbered.
18913 Referencing is described in section
18914 \begin_inset space ~
18918 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
18920 reference "sec:Cross-References"
18927 \begin_layout Standard
18928 To insert a float, use the menu
18930 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
18934 A box with a caption that has e.
18935 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
18939 \begin_inset space ~
18943 \begin_inset Quotes eld
18947 \begin_inset space ~
18951 \begin_inset Quotes erd
18954 (# is the actual number) will be inserted into your document.
18955 The label will automatically be translated to the document language in
18957 Behind the label you can insert the caption text.
18961 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18967 The image or table is inserted above or below the caption in a separate
18968 paragraph within the float.
18969 To keep your LyX-document readable, you can open and close the float box
18970 by left-clicking on the box label.
18971 A closed float box looks like this:
18972 \begin_inset Graphics
18973 filename clipart/floatQt4.png
18978 -- a gray button with a red label.
18981 \begin_layout Standard
18982 It is recommended to insert floats as a separate paragraph to avoid possible
18983 LaTeX-errors that can occur when the surrounding text is specially formatted.
18986 \begin_layout Subsection
18990 \begin_layout Subsubsection
18995 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18996 Floats ! Figure floats
19002 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19004 name "sec:Figure-Floats"
19011 \begin_layout Standard
19014 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19015 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19018 inserts a float with the label
19019 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19025 \begin_inset space ~
19031 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19035 Set the cursor above this label (or before it and press enter) and insert
19036 the image as described above to get the caption printed below the image.
19037 This is what we did for Figure
19038 \begin_inset space ~
19042 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19044 reference "cap:Platypus"
19049 If you want the caption to be above the image, set the cursor at the end
19050 of the caption, press enter and insert the image.
19051 This was done in Figure
19052 \begin_inset space ~
19056 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19058 reference "cap:Escher"
19065 \begin_layout Standard
19066 \begin_inset Float figure
19071 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19073 \begin_inset Graphics
19074 filename clipart/platypus.eps
19076 rotateOrigin center
19083 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19084 \begin_inset Caption
19086 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19087 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19089 name "cap:Platypus"
19093 A severely distorted platypus in a float.
19106 \begin_layout Standard
19107 \begin_inset Float figure
19112 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19113 \begin_inset Caption
19115 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19116 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19131 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19133 \begin_inset Graphics
19134 filename clipart/escher-lsd.eps
19136 rotateOrigin center
19148 \begin_layout Standard
19149 This figure float show also how to set a label and create a cross-reference
19151 As described in section
19152 \begin_inset space ~
19156 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19158 reference "sec:Cross-References"
19162 , you can simply insert a label in the caption using the menu
19164 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19167 and refer to it using the menu
19169 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19173 It is important to use references to figure floats, rather than using vague
19175 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19179 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19182 , because as LaTeX will reposition the floats in the final document; it
19184 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19188 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19194 \begin_layout Standard
19195 Normally only one image is inserted to a figure float, but sometimes you
19196 might want to use two images with separate subcaptions.
19197 This can be done by inserting image floats into existing image floats.
19198 Note that only the main caption of the float is added to the List of Figures.
19200 \begin_inset space ~
19204 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19206 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
19210 is an example of a figure float with two images set side by side.
19211 You can also set the images one below the other.
19213 \begin_inset space ~
19217 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19219 reference "fig:Undefinable"
19224 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19226 reference "fig:Platypus"
19230 are the subfigures.
19233 \begin_layout Standard
19234 \begin_inset Float figure
19239 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19240 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
19244 \begin_inset Float figure
19249 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19250 \begin_inset Caption
19252 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19253 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19255 name "fig:Undefinable"
19267 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19268 \begin_inset Graphics
19269 filename clipart/escher-lsd.eps
19280 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
19284 \begin_inset Float figure
19289 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19290 \begin_inset Caption
19292 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19293 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19295 name "fig:Platypus"
19307 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19308 \begin_inset Graphics
19309 filename clipart/platypus.eps
19321 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
19327 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19328 \begin_inset Caption
19330 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19331 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19333 name "cap:Two-distorted-images"
19337 Two distorted images.
19350 \begin_layout Standard
19351 Note that the caption is added to the
19354 \begin_inset space ~
19358 \begin_inset space ~
19363 as described in section
19364 \begin_inset space ~
19368 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19370 reference "sec:ListsOf"
19377 \begin_layout Subsubsection
19382 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19383 Floats ! Table floats
19389 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19391 name "sec:Table-Floats"
19398 \begin_layout Standard
19399 Table floats can be inserted using the menu
19401 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19402 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19406 They have the same properties as figure floats except of the different
19409 \begin_inset space ~
19413 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19415 reference "cap:Table-float"
19419 is an example of a table float.
19422 \begin_layout Standard
19423 \begin_inset Float table
19428 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19429 \begin_inset Caption
19431 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19432 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19434 name "cap:Table-float"
19446 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19448 \begin_inset Tabular
19449 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="3">
19451 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
19452 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
19453 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
19455 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19458 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19473 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19476 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19491 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19494 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19511 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19514 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19529 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19532 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19547 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19550 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19567 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19570 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19580 \begin_inset Formula $\int x^{2}dx$
19588 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19591 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19601 \begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
19603 c & d\end{array}\right]$
19611 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19614 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19624 \begin_inset Formula $1+1=2$
19645 \begin_layout Subsubsection
19650 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19651 Floats ! Algorithm floats
19659 \begin_layout Standard
19660 This float type is inserted with the menu
19662 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19663 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19667 It is used for program codes and descriptions of algorithms.
19668 A possible environment for algorithms is the
19672 , described in section
19673 \begin_inset space ~
19677 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19679 reference "sub:LyX-Code"
19686 \begin_layout Standard
19687 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
19690 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19695 that the float label is not automatically translated into the document
19701 You have to do this manually by adding the following line
19704 \begin_layout Standard
19709 floatname{algorithm}{your
19710 \begin_inset space ~
19716 \begin_layout Standard
19717 to the document preamble (menu
19719 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19726 \begin_inset space ~
19732 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19740 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19746 \begin_layout Subsubsection
19751 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19752 Floats ! Text Wrap Floats
19758 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19760 name "sec:Wrap-Floats"
19767 \begin_layout Standard
19768 \begin_inset Wrap figure
19775 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19776 \begin_inset Graphics
19777 filename clipart/mobius.eps
19779 rotateOrigin center
19786 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19787 \begin_inset Caption
19789 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19790 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19792 name "cap:Wrapped-figure"
19796 This is a wrapped figure.
19797 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
19810 This float type is used if you want to
19811 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19815 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19818 text around a figure so that it only occupies some fraction of the column
19820 It can be inserted using the menu
19822 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19823 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19825 \begin_inset space ~
19830 if the LaTeX-package
19838 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19839 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! wrapfig
19848 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19849 Installing a LaTeX-package is explained it in the
19852 \begin_inset space ~
19862 The width and placement of the float is adjusted by right-clicking on the
19865 \begin_inset space ~
19869 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19871 reference "cap:Wrapped-figure"
19875 is for example a figure wrap float with a width of 40
19876 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
19883 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19884 Available units are explained in Appendix
19885 \begin_inset space ~
19889 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19891 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
19900 Some space was added under the caption to separate it better from the surroundi
19904 \begin_layout Standard
19905 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
19908 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19913 Wrap floats might be fragile! E.g.
19914 having a figure too close to the bottom of the page can mess things up
19915 in the way that the float doesn't appear in the output or that it is placed
19916 over some other text.
19924 \begin_layout Itemize
19925 Wrap floats should not be placed in paragraphs that run over a page break.
19926 That means that wrap floats should better be inserted to the exact place
19927 when the document is nearly ready and you are able to estimate where page
19928 breaks will appear.
19931 \begin_layout Itemize
19932 Wrap floats should either be placed in an own paragraph before the paragraph
19933 where they should wrap into or within a paragraph.
19936 \begin_layout Itemize
19937 Wrap floats in consecutive paragraphs may cause troubles, so assure that
19938 there is a text paragraph between them as separator.
19941 \begin_layout Itemize
19942 Wrap floats are not allowed in section headings or tables.
19945 \begin_layout Subsection
19947 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19949 name "sub:Rotated-Floats"
19957 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19966 \begin_layout Standard
19967 Especially for wide tables you might have floats rotated.
19968 To rotate a whole float including the caption, right-click on the float-box
19972 \begin_inset space ~
19980 \begin_layout Standard
19981 Rotated floats are always placed on its own page (or column, when you have
19982 a two-column document).
19983 They are rotated so that you can read them from the outside margin.
19984 Forcing the rotation direction is explained in the
19991 \begin_layout Standard
19992 Referencing rotated floats is the same like for normal floats, the caption
19993 format is also the same: Table
19994 \begin_inset space ~
19998 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20000 reference "cap:Rotated-table"
20004 is an example of a rotated table float.
20007 \begin_layout Standard
20008 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
20011 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20016 Not all DVI-viewers are able to display rotated floats.
20024 \begin_layout Standard
20025 \begin_inset Float table
20030 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20031 \begin_inset Caption
20033 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20034 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20036 name "cap:Rotated-table"
20048 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20050 \begin_inset Tabular
20051 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="1" columns="5">
20053 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
20054 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
20055 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
20056 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
20057 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
20059 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20062 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20068 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20071 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20077 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20080 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20086 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20089 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20095 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20098 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20117 \begin_layout Subsection
20119 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20121 name "sub:Float-Placement"
20129 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20138 \begin_layout Standard
20139 Right-clicking on a float-box opens a dialog where you can alter the placement
20140 options that LaTeX uses for positioning the float.
20141 \begin_inset Newline newline
20147 \begin_inset space ~
20152 is only useful for two-column documents: If you select it, the float will
20153 span across both columns on the page instead of being confined to just
20155 \begin_inset Newline newline
20161 \begin_inset space ~
20166 is used to rotate floats, see section
20167 \begin_inset space ~
20171 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20173 reference "sub:Rotated-Floats"
20180 \begin_layout Standard
20181 You can use one ore more of the following options in the float dialog to
20182 set the placement for a particular float when you uncheck the option
20185 \begin_inset space ~
20189 \begin_inset space ~
20197 \begin_layout Description
20199 \begin_inset space ~
20203 \begin_inset space ~
20206 possible: try to place the float on the position where it is inserted
20209 \begin_layout Description
20211 \begin_inset space ~
20215 \begin_inset space ~
20218 page: try to place the float on the top of the current page
20221 \begin_layout Description
20223 \begin_inset space ~
20227 \begin_inset space ~
20230 page: try to place the float on the bottom of the current page
20233 \begin_layout Description
20235 \begin_inset space ~
20239 \begin_inset space ~
20242 floats: try to place the float on an own page
20245 \begin_layout Standard
20246 The order of the above option is
20251 That means, if you use the default placement, LaTeX will first try out
20255 \begin_inset space ~
20259 \begin_inset space ~
20267 \begin_inset space ~
20271 \begin_inset space ~
20276 , and then the others.
20277 If you don't use the default, LaTeX will try only the checked options but
20279 If none of the 4 placements are possible the procedure is internally repeated
20280 but it is tried to put the float on the following page.
20283 \begin_layout Standard
20284 By default, each options has its own rules:
20287 \begin_layout Standard
20291 \begin_inset space ~
20295 \begin_inset space ~
20300 only floats occupying less than 70
20301 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20304 % of the page can be placed at the top of a page
20307 \begin_layout Standard
20311 \begin_inset space ~
20315 \begin_inset space ~
20320 : only floats occupying less than 30
20321 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20324 % of the page can be placed at the bottom of a page.
20327 \begin_layout Standard
20331 \begin_inset space ~
20335 \begin_inset space ~
20340 : only if more than 50
20341 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20344 % of the page are occupied by floats, several floats can be set together
20348 \begin_layout Standard
20349 If you don't like these rules, you can ignore them by using the additional
20353 \begin_inset space ~
20357 \begin_inset space ~
20365 \begin_layout Standard
20366 Sometimes you might need, under all circumstances, a float to be placed
20367 exactly at the position where it is inserted.
20368 For this case you can use the option
20371 \begin_inset space ~
20377 Use this option very rarely and only if the document is nearly ready to
20379 Because the float is then no longer able to
20380 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20384 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20387 when you change your document and this will often destroy the page layout.
20390 \begin_layout Standard
20391 There are no placement options for text wrap floats, because they are always
20392 surrounded by the text of a certain paragraph.
20395 \begin_layout Standard
20396 For more details about float placements, have a look at LaTeX books like
20398 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
20400 key "latexcompanion,latexguide,latexbook"
20407 \begin_layout Section
20412 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20419 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20421 name "sec:Minipages"
20428 \begin_layout Standard
20429 LaTeX provides a mechanism to produce essentially a page within a page,
20431 Within a minipage, all the usual rules of indentation, line wrapping, etc.
20432 \begin_inset space ~
20439 \begin_layout Standard
20440 Minipages in LyX have their own collapsible box inserted via the menu
20442 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20446 Right-clicking on the box allows you to alter the width of the minipage
20447 and its alignment within the page.
20450 \begin_layout Standard
20452 \begin_inset Box Frameless
20461 height_special "totalheight"
20464 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20467 This is a minipage.
20468 The text is set in an italic style.
20471 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20474 Minipages are often used for text in another language or text that needs
20475 another formatting.
20483 \begin_layout Standard
20484 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
20487 If you place two minipages side-by-side, you can use
20491 as described in section
20492 \begin_inset space ~
20496 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20498 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
20503 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
20509 \begin_layout Standard
20510 \begin_inset Box Frameless
20519 height_special "totalheight"
20522 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20523 This is a minipage with some stupid dummy text.
20524 This dummy text is used to increase the size of the minipage.
20530 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
20534 \begin_inset Box Frameless
20543 height_special "totalheight"
20546 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20547 This is a minipage with some stupid dummy text.
20548 This dummy text is used to increase the size of the minipage.
20556 \begin_layout Standard
20557 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
20563 \begin_layout Standard
20564 When you right-click on a minipage box, you can change the box from a minipage
20565 to other box types.
20566 All box types and their settings are explained in detail in chapter
20577 \begin_layout Chapter
20578 Mathematical Formulas
20582 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20592 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20597 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20608 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20621 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20623 name "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
20630 \begin_layout Standard
20631 The issues of this chapter are described in detail in the
20636 There you'll also find tips and tricks for special cases.
20639 \begin_layout Section
20644 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20653 \begin_layout Standard
20654 To create a math formula, you can just click on the toolbar icon
20655 \begin_inset Graphics
20656 filename ../images/math-mode.png
20661 That will create a little blue rectangle, with purple markers around its
20663 That blue rectangle is the formula itself; the purple markers indicate
20664 what level of nesting within the formula you are at.
20665 You can also choose a particular formula type to insert via the
20667 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20673 \begin_layout Standard
20674 Editing the parameters of a formula and adding math constructs can be done
20678 \begin_inset space ~
20683 , that appears when the cursor is in a formula.
20686 \begin_layout Standard
20687 There are two main types of formulas: Inline formulas appear within a text
20688 line, like this one:
20691 \begin_layout Standard
20692 This is a line with an inline formula
20693 \begin_inset Formula $A=B$
20699 \begin_layout Standard
20700 Displayed formulas appear outside the text like as they were in an own paragraph
20702 \begin_inset Formula \[
20707 You can only number and reference displayed formulas.
20710 \begin_layout Standard
20711 LyX supports also many LaTeX math commands.
20714 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20724 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20727 , followed by a space, in a formula will create the Greek letter
20728 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha$
20732 So typing commands might sometimes be faster than using the
20735 \begin_inset space ~
20743 \begin_layout Subsection
20744 Navigating in Formulas
20748 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20757 \begin_layout Standard
20758 The best control over the cursor position within an existing formula is
20759 achieved with the arrow keys.
20760 LyX uses small rectangles to indicate places where something can be inserted.
20761 The arrow keys can be used to navigate between parts of a formula.
20766 will leave a formula construct (a square root
20767 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2}$
20771 \begin_inset Formula $\left(f\right)$
20775 \begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
20777 3 & 4\end{array}\right]$
20785 will leave the formula, placing the cursor after the formula.
20790 can be used to move horizontally in a formula; for example, through the
20791 cells of a matrix or the positions in a multi-line equation.
20794 \begin_layout Standard
20799 , printed in this document as
20800 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20807 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20817 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20821 \begin_inset Note Note
20824 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20825 This command will appear in the output as official character denoting the
20826 space character (visible space).
20831 , seems to do nothing in a formula, since it does not add a space between
20832 characters, but it does exit a nested structure.
20833 For this reason, you have to be careful about using
20838 For example, if you want
20839 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x+1}$
20850 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20869 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20882 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20893 , since in the latter case only the
20896 \begin_inset Formula $2x$
20901 will be under the square root sign:
20902 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x}+1$
20908 \begin_layout Standard
20909 You can leave many parts of a formula, like this matrix, partially filled
20911 \begin_inset Formula \[
20912 \left(\begin{array}{ccc}
20915 & & \lambda_{n}\end{array}\right)\]
20919 If you leave a fraction only partially filled in, or a subscript with nothing
20920 in it, the results will be unpredictable, but most constructs don't mind.
20923 \begin_layout Subsection
20927 \begin_layout Standard
20928 You can select text within a formula in two different ways.
20929 Place the cursor at one end of the string of text you want, and press
20933 and a cursor movement key to select text.
20934 It will be highlighted as with regular text selection.
20935 Alternatively, you can select text with the mouse in the usual way.
20936 That text can then be cut or copied, and then pasted within any formula,
20937 but not in a normal text region in LyX.
20940 \begin_layout Subsection
20941 Exponents and Subscripts
20945 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20955 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20964 \begin_layout Standard
20965 You can use the math panel to add super- or subscripts, but the much easier
20966 way is to use a command.
20968 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}$
20971 , type in a formula
20977 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20993 puts the cursor back down on the base line of the expression.
20999 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2y}$
21003 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}y$
21012 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21024 If you use characters in the superscript, that could be accented with the
21026 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21030 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21033 , you have to use an extra
21037 to separate the hat and the character.
21040 \begin_inset Formula $x^{a}$
21049 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21061 Subscripts are similar: To get
21062 \begin_inset Formula $a_{1}$
21071 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21085 \begin_layout Subsection
21090 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21099 \begin_layout Standard
21100 Create a fraction with either the command
21107 \begin_inset Graphics
21108 filename ../images/math/frac.png
21116 \begin_inset space ~
21122 You will be presented with an empty fraction.
21123 The cursor is above the fraction line.
21124 To move it to the bottom, simply press
21129 To move back up, press
21134 Any math structure can be placed in a fraction, as this example shows:
21135 \begin_inset Formula \[
21136 \left[\frac{1}{\left(\begin{array}{cc}
21138 4 & 5\end{array}\right)}\right]\]
21145 \begin_layout Subsection
21150 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21159 \begin_layout Standard
21160 Roots can be created using the
21163 \begin_inset space ~
21169 \begin_inset Graphics
21170 filename ../images/math/sqrt.png
21193 you can produce roots of higher orders, like cube roots, while
21199 produces always a square root.
21202 \begin_layout Subsection
21203 Operators with Limits
21207 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21217 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21224 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21226 name "sub:Operators-with-Limits"
21233 \begin_layout Standard
21235 \begin_inset Formula $\sum$
21239 \begin_inset Formula $\int$
21242 ) operators are very often decorated with limits.
21243 These limits can be entered in LyX by entering them as you would enter
21244 a super- or subscript, directly after the symbol.
21245 The sum operator will automatically place its
21246 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21250 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21253 over and under the symbol in displayed formulas, and on the side in inline
21256 \begin_inset Formula $\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e$
21260 \begin_inset Formula \[
21261 \sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e\]
21265 Integral signs, however, will place the limits on the side in both formula
21269 \begin_layout Standard
21270 All operators with limits will be automatically re-sized when placed in
21272 The placement of the limits can be changed by placing the cursor directly
21273 behind the operator and hitting
21279 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21280 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21282 \begin_inset space ~
21286 \begin_inset space ~
21294 \begin_layout Standard
21295 Certain other mathematical expressions have this
21296 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21300 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21303 feature as addition, such as
21307 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21314 \begin_inset Formula \[
21315 \lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x),\]
21319 which will place the
21320 \begin_inset Formula $x\rightarrow\infty$
21324 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21328 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21332 In inline formulas it looks like this:
21333 \begin_inset Formula $\lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x)$
21339 \begin_layout Standard
21340 Note that the lim-function was entered as the function macro
21347 Have a look at section
21348 \begin_inset space ~
21352 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21354 reference "sub:Functions"
21358 for an explanation of function macros.
21361 \begin_layout Subsection
21366 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21375 \begin_layout Standard
21376 Most math symbols can be found in the
21379 \begin_inset space ~
21384 under one of several categories; including
21401 There are also the additional symbols provided by the American Mathematical
21405 \begin_layout Standard
21406 If you know the LaTeX-command for a construct or symbol you wish to use,
21407 you don't have to use the
21410 \begin_inset space ~
21415 , but can type the command directly into the formula.
21416 LyX will convert it to the corresponding symbol or construct.
21419 \begin_layout Subsection
21424 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21431 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21433 name "sub:Altering-Spacing"
21440 \begin_layout Standard
21441 You may want to create spaces that differs from the standard spacing that
21450 \begin_inset space ~
21456 \begin_inset Graphics
21457 filename ../images/math/space.png
21462 This generates a small space, and shows a small marker on the screen.
21463 Here a example for the sequence
21468 \begin_inset Formula $a\, b$
21472 \begin_inset Graphics
21473 filename clipart/SpaceMarker.png
21478 You can change the space to different sizes when you set the cursor behind
21479 the space marker and hit space again several times.
21480 With every space hit the size will be changed.
21481 Some markers for the space size appear red in LyX, because they are a negative
21486 \begin_layout Standard
21496 \begin_inset Formula $a\quad b$
21502 \begin_layout Standard
21512 \begin_inset Formula $a\! b$
21518 \begin_layout Subsection
21523 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21530 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21532 name "sub:Functions"
21539 \begin_layout Standard
21543 \begin_inset space ~
21548 contains under the button
21549 \begin_inset Graphics
21550 filename ../images/math/functions.png
21554 a number of functions, such as
21555 \begin_inset Formula $\sin$
21559 \begin_inset Formula $\lim$
21567 (you can also insert them in a formula by typing
21574 Standard mathematical practice is, that functions are printed upright to
21575 avoid confusions, because
21576 \begin_inset Formula $sin$
21580 \begin_inset Formula $s·i·n$
21586 \begin_layout Standard
21587 Using the function macros will also produce correct spacing around the function:
21589 \begin_inset Formula $a\sin x$
21593 \begin_inset Formula $asinx$
21599 \begin_layout Standard
21600 For some mathematical objects, like the limes, the macro changes the way
21601 that subscripts are placed, like described in section
21602 \begin_inset space ~
21606 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21608 reference "sub:Operators-with-Limits"
21615 \begin_layout Subsection
21620 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21629 \begin_layout Standard
21630 In a formula you can insert accented characters in the same way as in text
21632 This may depend on your keyboard, or the bindings file you use.
21633 You can also use LaTeX commands to e.g.
21635 \begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
21638 even if your keyboard doesn't have hat-accents enabled.
21639 Our example is entered by typing
21647 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21660 \begin_inset space ~
21664 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21666 reference "cap:Accent-names-and"
21670 shows the equivalences between the accent names and the commands.
21673 \begin_layout Standard
21674 \begin_inset Float table
21679 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21680 \begin_inset Caption
21682 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21683 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21685 name "cap:Accent-names-and"
21689 Accent names and the corresponding commands.
21697 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21699 \begin_inset Tabular
21700 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="11" columns="3">
21702 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
21703 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
21704 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
21706 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21709 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21715 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21718 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21724 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21727 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21744 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21747 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21762 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21765 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21775 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21778 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21788 \begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
21798 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21801 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21816 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21819 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21829 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21832 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21842 \begin_inset Formula $\grave{a}$
21852 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21855 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21870 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21873 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21883 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21886 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21896 \begin_inset Formula $\acute{a}$
21906 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21909 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21924 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21927 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21937 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21940 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21950 \begin_inset Formula $\ddot{a}$
21960 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21963 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21978 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21981 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21991 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21994 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22004 \begin_inset Formula $\tilde{a}$
22014 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22017 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22032 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22035 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22045 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22048 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22058 \begin_inset Formula $\dot{a}$
22068 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22071 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22086 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22089 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22099 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22102 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22112 \begin_inset Formula $\breve{a}$
22122 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22125 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22140 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22143 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22153 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22156 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22166 \begin_inset Formula $\check{a}$
22176 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22179 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22194 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22197 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22207 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22210 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22220 \begin_inset Formula $\bar{a}$
22230 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22233 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22239 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22242 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22252 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22255 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22265 \begin_inset Formula $\vec{a}$
22286 \begin_layout Standard
22287 You can choose one of the accents by selecting an item from the
22290 \begin_inset space ~
22296 \begin_inset Graphics
22297 filename ../images/math/hat.png
22301 in the math panel ; this will apply to any selection you have made within
22305 \begin_layout Section
22306 Brackets and Delimiters
22310 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22320 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22327 \begin_inset CommandInset label
22329 name "sec:Brackets-and-Delimiters"
22336 \begin_layout Standard
22337 There are several brackets available through LyX.
22338 For most purposes, using just the keys
22343 But if you want to surround a large structure, like a matrix or a fraction,
22344 or if you have several layers of brackets, is better using
22347 \begin_inset space ~
22353 \begin_inset Graphics
22354 filename ../images/math/delim.png
22359 For example, that's how you would construct the brackets around a standard
22361 \begin_inset Formula \[
22362 \left[\begin{array}{cc}
22364 3 & 4\end{array}\right]\]
22368 and to make it easier to see the layers of parentheses as in:
22369 \begin_inset Formula \[
22370 \frac{1}{\left(1+\left(\frac{1}{1+\left(\frac{1}{1+x}\right)}\right)\right)}\]
22377 \begin_layout Standard
22378 The parentheses, and other brackets from that menu will automatically re-size
22379 to accommodate the size of what is inside.
22382 \begin_layout Standard
22383 To construct brackets click on the button for the bracket you want on the
22384 left side and right side.
22385 If you use the option
22388 \begin_inset space ~
22393 , the selected bracket type will be used for the left and the right side.
22394 The selection will be shown below the button field.
22395 If you want one side to not have a bracket, use the blank button.
22396 It will appear in LyX with a dotted line, but nothing will be printed.
22399 \begin_layout Standard
22400 If you want to place brackets around math structures, like a square root,
22401 you can do that by highlighting (selecting) the structure that is to go
22402 inside the brackets.
22403 Then choose the appropriate brackets for left and right and click on
22408 The parentheses will be drawn around the selected structure.
22411 \begin_layout Standard
22412 The next section explains how to insert a LaTeX
22413 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22417 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22423 \begin_layout Section
22428 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22435 \begin_inset CommandInset label
22437 name "sec:Grouping"
22444 \begin_layout Standard
22445 You may need to group a set of symbols.
22446 In LaTeX, for example, the typesetting of
22457 \begin_layout Standard
22458 \begin_inset Formula \[
22459 {x^{y}}^{z}\quad\mathrm{differs\; from}\quad x^{y^{z}}\]
22466 \begin_layout Standard
22467 To create this grouping, you need to use the key sequence
22468 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22478 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22482 Inside LyX, you will see red braces indicating the grouping.
22483 Within this braces you insert the grouped structure.
22484 The grouping braces won't appear in the output in contrary to normal braces.
22487 \begin_layout Section
22488 Arrays and Multi-line Equations
22492 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22502 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22512 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22513 Math ! Multi-line Equations
22521 \begin_layout Standard
22522 Matrices are entered in LyX using the
22525 \begin_inset space ~
22531 \begin_inset Graphics
22532 filename ../images/math/matrix.png
22537 It will open a dialog for you to choose the number of rows/columns.
22538 Here is an example:
22539 \begin_inset Formula \[
22540 \left(\begin{array}{ccc}
22543 7 & 8 & 9\end{array}\right)\]
22547 The parentheses aren't automatic, but you can add them as described in section
22548 \begin_inset space ~
22552 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
22554 reference "sec:Brackets-and-Delimiters"
22559 When you construct the matrix, you can decide whether the column entries
22560 will be left-, right-, or center-justified.
22561 This alignment is set in the box
22566 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22574 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22578 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22586 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22590 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22598 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22603 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22611 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22614 for every column as default.
22615 For example, the sequence
22616 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22624 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22627 means that the first column will be left-justified, the second will be
22628 centered, and the third column will be right-justified, because each letter
22629 corresponds to the relevant column.
22630 The result will look like this:
22631 \begin_inset Formula \[
22633 this & this\, column & this\, column\\
22634 column & has & has\, right\\
22635 has\, left\, alignment & center\, alignment & alignment\end{array}.\]
22642 \begin_layout Standard
22643 You can add more rows to an existing matrix by hitting
22647 while the cursor is in the matrix.
22648 Adding or deleting columns can be done via the menu
22650 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22656 \begin_layout Standard
22657 There are other arrays used in formulas, such as distinctions of cases.
22658 It can be created with the menu
22660 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22661 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22663 \begin_inset space ~
22676 \begin_inset Formula \[
22680 1 & x>0\end{cases}\]
22687 \begin_layout Standard
22688 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
22691 Multi-line formulas are created when you press
22699 In an empty formula you can see that three blue boxes appear, one for each
22708 in a non-empty formula, the part before the relation sign (equal sign
22709 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22713 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22716 etc.) will be inserted automatically to the first column, the relation sign
22717 is in the second column, and the rest in the third column.
22718 A new row is created by every further hit of
22726 Multi-line formulas are always displayed formulas.
22727 Here is an example:
22728 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray}
22729 a^{2} & = & (b^{2}+c^{2})(b^{2}-c^{2})\nonumber \\
22730 a & = & \sqrt{b^{4}-c^{4}}\label{eq:asquared}\end{eqnarray}
22734 To change the column assignment of the formula parts, place the cursor
22735 where you want to start the shift and hit
22740 It shifts everything in the column which is right beside the current cursor
22741 position to the next column.
22742 Note that the middle column is designed for relation signs, structures
22743 within this column will be printed in a smaller size:
22744 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray*}
22745 \frac{A}{B} & \frac{A}{B} & \frac{A}{B}\end{eqnarray*}
22752 \begin_layout Standard
22753 The multi-line formula type described here is called
22760 There are other multi-line types being more suitable for certain situations,
22761 for example if you want a better inter-line spacing than in formula (
22762 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
22764 reference "eq:asquared"
22769 The other types are described in section
22770 \begin_inset space ~
22774 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
22776 reference "sub:AMS-Formula-Types"
22783 \begin_layout Section
22784 Formula Numbering and Referencing
22788 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22789 Math ! Formula numbering
22798 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22799 Math ! Referencing formulas
22805 \begin_inset CommandInset label
22807 name "sec:Formula-Numbering-and"
22814 \begin_layout Standard
22815 To number a formula, set the cursor in the formula and use the menu
22817 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22818 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22820 \begin_inset space ~
22828 \begin_inset space ~
22834 The formula number appears in LyX as
22835 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22839 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22842 within parentheses.
22844 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22848 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22851 denotes, that the number will be calculated automatically when the output
22853 The placement and format of the formula number in the output depends on
22854 the document class.
22855 In this document the number is printed together with the chapter number,
22856 separated by a dot:
22857 \begin_inset Formula \begin{equation}
22858 1+1=2\end{equation}
22865 \begin_inset space ~
22870 in a numbered formula will switch off the numbering.
22871 You can only number displayed formulas.
22874 \begin_layout Standard
22875 Multi-line formulas can be numbered line by line: Using the menu
22877 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22878 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22880 \begin_inset space ~
22884 \begin_inset space ~
22888 \begin_inset space ~
22896 \begin_inset space ~
22901 will only toggle the numbering of the line where the cursor is in:
22902 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray}
22904 2 & = & 4-2\nonumber \\
22905 4 & \leq & 7\end{eqnarray}
22909 To number all lines use the shortcut
22912 \begin_inset space ~
22920 \begin_layout Standard
22921 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
22924 Every displayed formula can be referenced by its number using a label.
22925 A label is inserted with the menu
22927 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22930 when the cursor is in the formula.
22931 This opens a dialog to enter the label.
22932 It is recommended to use the proposed
22933 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22941 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22944 as first part of the label, because this helps later to identify the label
22945 type when you have many labels in your document.
22946 We inserted in the following example the label
22947 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22951 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22954 in the second line:
22955 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray}
22956 \tanh(x) & = & \frac{\sinh(x)}{\cosh(x)}\nonumber \\
22957 & = & \frac{\mathrm{e}^{2x}-1}{\mathrm{e}^{2x}+1}\label{eq:tanhExp}\end{eqnarray}
22961 Every labeled line is automatically numbered.
22962 Therefore the label is shown in LyX at the place of the formula number
22964 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22968 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22972 You can reference a labeled formula using the menu
22974 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22976 \begin_inset space ~
22982 A dialog appears to choose a label you want refer to.
22983 The reference appears in LyX as grey cross reference box and in the output
22984 as the formula number:
22987 \begin_layout Standard
22988 This is a cross-reference to equation (
22989 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
22991 reference "eq:tanhExp"
22998 \begin_layout Standard
22999 The properties of LyX's cross-reference box are described in section
23000 \begin_inset space ~
23004 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23006 reference "sec:Cross-References"
23011 To delete a label, set the cursor in the labeled formula, use the menu
23014 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23017 and delete the label in the appearing dialog.
23021 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23022 This is a unintuitive and will be fixed in the next version of LyX.
23030 \begin_layout Section
23031 User defined math macros
23035 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23042 \begin_inset CommandInset label
23044 name "sec:math-macros"
23051 \begin_layout Standard
23052 LyX allows you to define macros for formulas.
23053 For example we assume that solutions of the quadratic equation often occur
23054 in our document in various forms and we want to create a macro to print
23056 \begin_inset Newline newline
23059 The general form of a quadratic equation is:
23060 \begin_inset Formula \[
23061 0=\lambda^{2}+p\lambda+q\]
23065 The general form of its solution is:
23066 \begin_inset Formula \[
23067 \lambda_{1,2}=-\frac{p}{2}\pm\sqrt{\frac{p²}{4}-q}\]
23074 \begin_layout Standard
23075 The macro should print the parameters
23076 \begin_inset Formula $\lambda$
23080 \begin_inset Formula $p$
23084 \begin_inset Formula $q$
23087 like in the equation above.
23090 \begin_layout Standard
23091 A macro is created by executing the command
23094 \begin_layout Standard
23101 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23114 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23124 \begin_inset space ~
23128 \begin_inset space ~
23134 \begin_layout Standard
23135 in the minibuffer at the bottom of the LyX screen.
23136 Name is the name of the new macro which mustn't contain numbers.
23137 The number of arguments can be a number in the range 1-9.
23138 If you want to define a macro without arguments, don't declare the number
23142 \begin_layout Standard
23143 We have three arguments and name the macro
23144 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23148 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23151 , so that the command is:
23154 \begin_layout Standard
23161 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23174 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23186 \begin_layout Standard
23187 This results in the following macro definition box:
23188 \begin_inset Graphics
23189 filename clipart/macrobox.png
23194 \begin_inset FormulaMacro
23195 \newcommand{\qE}[3]{#1_{1,\,2}=-\frac{#2}{2}\pm\sqrt{\frac{#2^{2}}{4}-#3}}
23196 {\textrm{qE: }#1\textrm{ , }#2\textrm{ , }#3}
23200 \begin_inset Note Note
23203 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23204 The first box is an image to show the behavior in the output.
23205 The second one is the definition box, that doesn't appear in the output.
23213 \begin_layout Standard
23214 The first blue box is for the definition, where you insert the formula via
23215 the math panel or commands.
23216 The placeholder for the arguments are inserted as a backslash and sharp
23217 followed by the argument number, e.g.
23219 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23225 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23228 for the first argument.
23229 Placeholders will be displayed in red.
23230 The second blue box is for the appearance in LyX.
23231 This is useful when you have a large structure that shouldn't be displayed
23232 in LyX with its full size.
23233 If you want to see the macro as it is defined, leave the box blank.
23234 In our example we insert the sequence
23235 \begin_inset Newline newline
23263 \begin_inset Newline newline
23268 The macro will then be shown as the macro name followed by the three arguments.
23271 \begin_layout Standard
23272 To use the macro in a formula, type its name as command, in our case
23273 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23283 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23287 The macro is inserted with boxes for the arguments looking similar to this:
23290 \begin_layout Standard
23292 \begin_inset Graphics
23293 filename clipart/macrouse.png
23300 \begin_layout Standard
23301 The arguments are inserted in the blue boxes.
23302 If the cursor is outside the macro, the arguments are put in the macro.
23303 To change the arguments, put the cursor in the formula before or after
23304 the macro and press the right or left arrow key respectively.
23305 The arguments appear now again below the macro definition.
23308 \begin_layout Standard
23309 If you change the macro definition all macros are changed automatically
23310 to the new definition.
23311 Here an example of our macro with the arguments
23312 \begin_inset Formula $x$
23316 \begin_inset Formula $\ln(x)$
23320 \begin_inset Formula $B$
23324 \begin_inset Formula \[
23332 \begin_layout Standard
23333 When the document is exported to LaTeX, the macro definition will be inserted
23337 \begin_layout Standard
23351 \begin_inset Newline newline
23358 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23373 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23384 frac{#2^{2}}{4}-#3}}
23387 \begin_layout Standard
23388 The command is not inserted in the document preamble.
23389 That means you can only use macros in formulas that are below the macro
23390 definition box in your document.
23391 There are also some other restrictions: The command
23393 newcommand supports optional arguments, which are not available in LyX's
23395 You can also not change subsequently the name of the macro and the number
23400 \begin_layout Section
23404 \begin_layout Subsection
23409 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23418 \begin_layout Standard
23419 The standard font for text is italic, for numbers the standard is roman.
23420 To set a font in a formula, use the
23423 \begin_inset space ~
23429 \begin_inset Graphics
23430 filename ../images/math/font.png
23434 , or enter its command, listed in table
23435 \begin_inset space ~
23439 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23441 reference "cap:Typefaces-and-the"
23448 \begin_layout Standard
23449 \begin_inset Float table
23454 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23455 \begin_inset Caption
23457 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23458 \begin_inset CommandInset label
23460 name "cap:Typefaces-and-the"
23464 Typefaces and the corresponding commands.
23472 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23474 \begin_inset Tabular
23475 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="9" columns="2">
23477 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
23478 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
23480 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23483 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23489 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23492 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23500 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23503 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23510 \begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{Roman}$
23518 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23521 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23533 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23536 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23537 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbf{Bold}}$
23545 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23548 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23560 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23563 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23564 \begin_inset Formula $\mathit{Italic}$
23572 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23575 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23587 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23590 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23597 \begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{Typewriter}$
23605 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23608 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23620 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23623 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23624 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbb{BLACKBOARD}}$
23632 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23635 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23647 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23650 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23651 \begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{Fraktur}$
23659 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23662 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23674 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23677 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23685 \begin_inset Formula $\mathcal{CALLIGRAPHIC}$
23693 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23696 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23708 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23711 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23712 \begin_inset Formula $\mathsf{SansSerif}$
23720 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23723 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23746 \begin_layout Standard
23747 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
23750 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23755 that you can only print capital letters in the typefaces
23771 \begin_layout Standard
23772 When you use a typeface, a blue box is inserted in the formula.
23773 Every character in this box will be printed in this typeface.
23778 within the box, will set the cursor outside, so that you have to use a
23779 protected space when you need a space in the box.
23780 Here an example where a
23781 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23785 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23792 denotes the set of numbers:
23793 \begin_inset Formula \[
23794 f(x)=\sqrt{x}\:;\: x\in\mathbb{N}\]
23801 \begin_layout Standard
23802 The typefaces are nestable, which can cause confusion.
23813 \begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{abc\mathfrak{d}e}$
23817 \begin_inset Newline newline
23820 So better don't use this feature.
23823 \begin_layout Standard
23824 The typefaces have no effect on Greek letters:
23825 \begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{abc\delta e}$
23829 \begin_inset Newline newline
23832 You can only print them emboldened using the command
23838 , which works like the other typeface commands:
23839 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha\beta\gamma\boldsymbol{\alpha\beta\gamma}$
23845 \begin_layout Standard
23852 works for all symbols, letters, and numbers.
23855 \begin_layout Standard
23856 A number of other font options are available as well, in the menu
23858 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23859 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23861 \begin_inset space ~
23869 \begin_layout Subsection
23874 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23883 \begin_layout Standard
23884 Typefaces are useful for entering some characters in some given font, but
23886 For typing longer pieces of text use the math text, which is obtained using
23890 \begin_inset space ~
23894 \begin_inset space ~
23902 \begin_inset space ~
23908 \begin_inset Graphics
23909 filename ../images/math/font.png
23913 (alternatively the shortcut
23916 \begin_inset space ~
23922 Math text appears in LyX in black instead of blue.
23923 You can use spaces and accents in math text like in normal text.
23924 Here is an example:
23925 \begin_inset Formula \[
23927 x & \textrm{if I say so}\\
23928 -x & \textrm{unter Umständen}\end{cases}\]
23935 \begin_layout Subsection
23940 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23949 \begin_layout Standard
23950 There are four font styles (relative sizes) used in math-mode, which are
23951 automatically chosen in most situations.
23969 For most characters,
23977 are actually the same size, but fractions, superscripts and subscripts,
23978 and certain other structures, are set larger in
23983 Except for some operators, which resize themselves to accommodate various
23984 situations, all text will be set in the styles as LaTeX thinks is appropriate.
23985 These choices can be overridden by using the math panel button
23986 \begin_inset Graphics
23987 filename ../images/math/style.png
23992 A box for the size will be created in which you can insert the math structure.
23993 For example, you can set
23994 \begin_inset Formula $\frac{1}{2}$
23997 , which is normally in
24006 \begin_inset Formula ${\displaystyle \frac{1}{2}}$
24010 The four styles are used in the following example:
24013 \begin_layout Standard
24014 \begin_inset Formula $displaystyle$
24018 \begin_inset Formula ${\textstyle textstyle}$
24022 \begin_inset Formula ${\scriptstyle scriptstyle}$
24026 \begin_inset Formula ${\scriptscriptstyle scriptscriptstyle}$
24032 \begin_layout Standard
24033 All these math-mode font sizes are relative, that means, if the whole math
24034 inset is set in a particular size with the menu
24036 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24038 \begin_inset space ~
24043 , all sizes in the formula will be adjusted relative to this size.
24044 Similarly, if the base font size of the document is changed, all fonts
24045 will be adjusted to correspond.
24046 As example a formula in the font size
24047 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24051 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24057 \begin_layout Standard
24061 \begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{e}=\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}$
24067 \begin_layout Section
24071 \begin_layout Standard
24072 As of LyX 1.6, support for theorem-like environments has been moved out of
24073 the document classes and into layout modules.
24077 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24083 As a result, theorem-like environments can now easily be used with classes
24084 other than the AMS classes.
24086 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24088 reference "sub:Modules"
24092 for more on layout modules.
24095 \begin_layout Section
24100 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24110 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24119 \begin_layout Standard
24120 LyX supports the packages provided by the American Mathematical Society
24121 (AMS) that are in common use.
24124 \begin_layout Subsection
24125 Enabling AMS-Support
24128 \begin_layout Standard
24129 Selecting the checkbox
24132 \begin_inset space ~
24136 \begin_inset space ~
24140 \begin_inset space ~
24147 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24154 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24155 Document ! Settings
24163 \begin_inset space ~
24168 will include the AMS-packages in the document, and make the facilities
24170 AMS is needed for many math-constructs, so when you get LaTeX-errors in
24171 formulas, assure that you have enabled AMS.
24174 \begin_layout Subsection
24176 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24178 name "sub:AMS-Formula-Types"
24186 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24187 Math ! Multi-line Equations
24195 \begin_layout Standard
24196 AMS-LaTeX provides a selection of different formula types.
24197 LyX allows you to choose between
24218 We refer to the AMS-documentation for an explanation of these formula types.
24221 \begin_layout Chapter
24225 \begin_layout Section
24230 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24237 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24239 name "sec:Cross-References"
24246 \begin_layout Standard
24247 One of LyX's strengths are cross-references.
24248 You can reference every section, float, footnote, formula, and list in
24250 To reference a document part, you have to insert a label into it.
24251 The label is used as anchor and name for the reference.
24252 We want for example refer to the the second item of the following list:
24255 \begin_layout Enumerate
24259 \begin_layout Enumerate
24260 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24262 name "enu:Second-item"
24269 \begin_layout Enumerate
24273 \begin_layout Standard
24274 First we insert a label into the second item with the menu
24276 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24279 or the by pressing the toolbar button
24280 \begin_inset Graphics
24281 filename ../images/label-insert.png
24287 A grey label box like this:
24288 \begin_inset Graphics
24289 filename clipart/labelQt4.png
24294 is inserted and the label window pops up asking for the label text.
24295 LyX offers as text the first words of the item with a prefix, in our case
24297 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24305 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24310 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24318 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24322 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24326 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24330 The prefix depends on the document part where the label is inserted, e.g.
24331 if you insert a label to a section heading, the prefix will be
24332 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24340 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24346 \begin_layout Standard
24347 To reference the item, we refer to its label using the menu
24349 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24352 or the toolbar button
24353 \begin_inset Graphics
24354 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_ref.png
24360 A grey cross-reference box like this:
24361 \begin_inset Graphics
24362 filename clipart/referenceQt4.png
24367 is inserted and the cross-reference window appear showing all labels of
24369 We can now sort the labels alphabetically and then choose the entry
24370 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24378 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24382 At the position of the cross-reference box the item number will appear
24384 Here is our cross-reference:
24387 \begin_layout Standard
24389 \begin_inset space ~
24393 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24395 reference "enu:Second-item"
24402 \begin_layout Standard
24403 It is recommended to use a protected space
24407 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24408 described in section
24409 \begin_inset space ~
24413 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24415 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
24424 between the cross-reference name and its number to avoid ugly line breaks
24428 \begin_layout Standard
24429 There are six varieties of cross-references:
24432 \begin_layout Description
24433 <reference>: prints the float number, this is the default:
24434 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24436 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
24443 \begin_layout Description
24444 (<reference>): prints the float number within two parentheses, this is the
24445 style normally used to reference formulas, especially when the reference
24447 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24451 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24455 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24457 reference "eq:tanhExp"
24464 \begin_layout Description
24465 <page>: prints the page number: Page
24466 \begin_inset space ~
24470 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24471 LatexCommand pageref
24472 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
24479 \begin_layout Description
24481 \begin_inset space ~
24485 \begin_inset space ~
24488 <page>: prints the text "on page" and the page number:
24489 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24490 LatexCommand vpageref
24491 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
24498 \begin_layout Description
24500 \begin_inset space ~
24504 \begin_inset space ~
24508 \begin_inset space ~
24511 <page>: prints the float number, the text "on page", and the page number:
24513 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24515 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
24522 \begin_layout Description
24524 \begin_inset space ~
24527 reference: prints a self defined cross-reference format.
24528 \begin_inset Newline newline
24532 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
24535 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24540 This feature is only available when you have the LaTeX-package
24548 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24549 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! prettyref
24562 \begin_layout Standard
24563 Note that the style <page> won't print the page number if the label is on
24564 the previous, the same, or the next page.
24566 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
24570 \begin_inset space ~
24574 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24582 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24588 \begin_layout Standard
24589 The number and current page of the referred document part in the output,
24590 is automatically calculated by LaTeX.
24591 The varieties are adjusted in the field
24595 of the cross-reference window, that appear when you click on the cross-referenc
24599 \begin_layout Standard
24600 You can only use the style
24604 to reference numbered document parts, while the reference style
24608 is always possible.
24611 \begin_layout Standard
24612 If you want to reference a section, put the label in the section heading,
24613 to reference a float, put the label in the caption.
24614 For footnotes you can put the label somewhere in it.
24615 Referencing formulas is explained in section
24616 \begin_inset space ~
24620 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24622 reference "sec:Formula-Numbering-and"
24629 \begin_layout Standard
24633 \begin_inset space ~
24637 \begin_inset space ~
24642 in the cross-reference window sets the the cursor before the referred label.
24643 The button text changes then to
24646 \begin_inset space ~
24651 and you can use it to set the cursor back to the cross-reference.
24652 Right-clicking on a cross-reference box also sets the cursor before the
24653 referred label but without a possibility to go back.
24657 \begin_layout Standard
24658 You can change labels at any time by clicking on the label box.
24659 References to the changed label will automatically change its link to the
24660 new label text, so that you don't need to take care about this.
24663 \begin_layout Standard
24664 If a cross-reference refers to a non-existing label, you'll see two question
24665 marks in the output instead of the reference.
24668 \begin_layout Standard
24669 References are described in detail in the
24676 \begin_layout Section
24677 Table of Contents and other Listings
24681 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24691 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24698 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24707 \begin_layout Subsection
24708 Table of Contents and Outline
24709 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24711 name "sub:Table-of-Contents"
24718 \begin_layout Standard
24719 The Table of Contents (TOC) is inserted with the menu
24721 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24722 List/TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24724 \begin_inset space ~
24728 \begin_inset space ~
24734 Is is displayed in LyX as a gray box.
24735 If you click on it, the TOC window appears, showing you the TOC entries.
24736 You can jump to a document part by clicking on an entry.
24737 Thus you can use this window as graphical alternative for the
24744 \begin_layout Standard
24745 The TOC lists every numbered section automatically.
24746 If you have declared a short title for a section heading, as described
24748 \begin_inset space ~
24752 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24754 reference "sec:Short-Titles"
24758 , it will be used in the TOC instead of the section heading.
24760 \begin_inset space ~
24764 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24766 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
24770 describes how the level is adjusted that defines which section types are
24772 You can also adjust the level for the displayed sections in the TOC window
24773 using the grey fader at the bottom of the window.
24774 Unnumbered sections are not listed in the TOC.
24777 \begin_layout Standard
24778 You can use the TOC window also as outline to move and rearrange sections
24780 The TOC window therefore also appears when you use the menu
24782 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24788 \begin_layout Subsection
24789 List of Figures, Tables and Algorithms
24790 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24799 \begin_layout Standard
24800 Table, figure, and algorithm lists are very much like the table of contents.
24801 You can insert them via the
24803 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24805 \begin_inset space ~
24809 \begin_inset space ~
24815 The list entries are the float captions and the float number.
24818 \begin_layout Section
24819 URLs and Hyperlinks
24823 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24833 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24840 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24849 \begin_layout Subsection
24853 \begin_layout Standard
24854 Links to web pages or email addresses can be inserted via the menu
24856 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24862 \begin_layout Standard
24863 Here is an example URL: LyX's homepage:
24864 \begin_inset Flex URL
24867 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24877 \begin_layout Standard
24878 You cannot change the style of the link text, the URL text will always be
24884 To be able to format the URL text, use hyperlinks as explained in the next
24888 \begin_layout Standard
24889 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
24892 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24897 URLs must not end with a backslash, otherwise you get LaTeX errors.
24905 \begin_layout Subsection
24909 \begin_layout Standard
24910 Hyperlinks can be inserted with the menu
24912 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24915 or with the toolbar button
24916 \begin_inset Graphics
24917 filename ../images/href-insert.png
24918 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
24923 The appearing dialog has two fields:
24932 The name is the printed text for the hyperlink.
24933 The hyperlink type can be a weblink like this:
24934 \begin_inset CommandInset href
24936 name "LyX's homepage"
24937 target "http://www.lyx.org"
24941 , an Email address like this:
24942 \begin_inset CommandInset href
24944 name "lyx-docs mailing list"
24945 target "lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org?subject=LyX's documentation"
24950 , or a link to a file.
24953 \begin_layout Standard
24954 You can start applications via a hyperlink when you insert a weblink, but
24956 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24964 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24967 to the link target.
24970 \begin_layout Standard
24971 Hyperlinks will automatically be hyphenated if necessary in the PDF output,
24972 and become clickable in the DVI and PDF-output.
24973 To set the format of the link text, highlight the hyperlink inset and use
24974 the text style dialog.
24975 This is for example a hyperlink with bold sans serif text:
24979 \begin_inset CommandInset href
24981 name "LyX's homepage"
24982 target "http://www.lyx.org"
24989 \begin_layout Standard
24990 The link text color can be changed, when the option
24994 is set in the PDF Properties dialog (menu
24996 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24997 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25001 The link text is for example set in this document to blue by adding the
25003 \begin_inset Newline newline
25011 \begin_inset Newline newline
25018 in the PDF Properties dialog.
25021 \begin_layout Section
25026 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25033 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25035 name "sec:Appendices"
25042 \begin_layout Standard
25043 Appendices are created with the menu
25045 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25047 \begin_inset space ~
25051 \begin_inset space ~
25057 This menu sets the document from the current cursor position to the end
25058 as appendix region.
25059 The region is marked with a red borderline.
25062 \begin_layout Standard
25063 Every chapter (or section) within the appendix region is treated as an appendix,
25064 numbered with a capital Latin letter.
25065 The appendix subsections are numbered with this letter followed by a dot
25066 and the subsection number.
25067 All appendix sections can be referenced as if they were normal sections,
25071 \begin_layout Standard
25073 \begin_inset space ~
25077 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25079 reference "cha:Credits"
25084 \begin_inset space ~
25088 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25090 reference "sub:Export"
25097 \begin_layout Section
25102 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25109 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25111 name "sec:Bibliography"
25118 \begin_layout Standard
25119 There are two ways of generating the bibliography in a LyX-document.
25120 You can include a bibliography database
25124 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25125 Known under the name
25126 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25130 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25138 , which is explained in the next subsection or you can insert the bibliography
25140 For the second method we use the paragraph environment
25144 , described in section
25145 \begin_inset space ~
25149 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25151 reference "sub:Biblio_environment"
25158 \begin_layout Standard
25163 environment, every paragraph begins with a gray bibliography box labeled
25165 If you click on it, you will get a dialog in which you can set a
25174 The key is the symbolic name by which you will refer to this bibliography
25176 For example, our second entry in the bibliography is a book about LaTeX
25178 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25182 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25185 , a short form of its title, as key.
25188 \begin_layout Standard
25189 You can refer to the key of a bibliography entry using the menu
25191 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25194 or the toolbar button
25195 \begin_inset Graphics
25196 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_citation.png
25197 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
25202 A citation reference box is inserted and a citation window will appear
25203 in which you can select one or more keys in the available key list.
25204 The citation reference box will be labeled with the referenced key.
25205 When you click on the box, the citation window appears and you can change
25209 \begin_layout Standard
25210 Citation references appear in the output as number of the bibliography entry
25211 with surrounding brackets.
25216 for the entry, the label will appear instead of the number.
25217 Here two examples; the first without a label, the second with the label
25219 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25223 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25229 \begin_layout Standard
25232 LaTeX Companion Second Edition
25235 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25237 key "latexcompanion"
25244 \begin_layout Standard
25245 The LyX-Team members are listed in the Credits:
25246 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25255 \begin_layout Subsection
25256 Bibliography databases (BibTeX)
25260 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25261 Bibliography ! Databases
25270 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25271 Bibliography ! BibTeX
25277 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25279 name "sub:Bibliography-databases"
25286 \begin_layout Standard
25287 Bibliography databases are useful if you use the same bibliography in different
25289 It makes it also very easy to have a uniform layout for all bibliography
25291 You can collect the bibliography of all relevant books and articles of
25292 your working field in a database.
25293 This database can be used for different documents, because only the referenced
25294 entries of the database will appear in the bibliography list.
25297 \begin_layout Standard
25298 The database is a text file with the file extension
25299 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25307 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25310 containing the bibliography in a special format.
25311 The format is explained in LaTeX books (
25312 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25314 key "Mittelbach,Kopka,Lamport"
25319 Normally one uses a special program to create and edit entries of the database.
25321 \begin_inset Newline newline
25325 \begin_inset Flex URL
25328 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25330 http://wiki.lyx.org/BibTeX/Programs
25336 \begin_inset Newline newline
25339 you find a list of programs for bibliography databases.
25342 \begin_layout Standard
25343 To use a database, use the menu
25345 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25350 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25355 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25363 \begin_inset space ~
25369 A grey box will be inserted and a window appears.
25370 In this window you can load one or more databases and a style file.
25373 \begin_layout Standard
25374 The style file is a text file with the file extension
25375 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25383 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25386 that declares the layout of all bibliography entries.
25387 Many publishers provide special style files, so that you don't have to
25388 take care of the layout.
25391 \begin_layout Standard
25392 Inserting a citation reference works like described above.
25395 \begin_layout Standard
25396 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
25402 \begin_layout Standard
25403 To generate the bibliography from a database, the program BibTeX is used
25405 This program can be controlled with options that you can add in LyX's preferenc
25416 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25431 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25439 \begin_inset space ~
25445 Before adding options, it is strongly recommended to read the manual of
25453 \begin_layout Standard
25454 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
25460 \begin_layout Standard
25461 We use two bibliographies in this document to show the difference between
25462 the two methods of creating them.
25463 As you can see, the bibliography that is created from a database lists
25464 only the database entries that are referenced in the document.
25465 We used the style file
25469 to get the complicated German reference key scheme in the bibliography.
25472 \begin_layout Subsection
25473 Bibliography layout
25477 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25478 Bibliography ! Layout
25486 \begin_layout Standard
25487 In the citation reference dialog you can set a special citation format.
25488 For this feature you need to use the option
25494 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25501 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25502 Document ! Settings
25512 Setting a citation style for a reference will overwrite the default.
25513 For the global citation format use the BibTeX style files as explained
25514 in the previous section.
25517 \begin_layout Standard
25518 You can also set text, that should appear before or after a citation reference,
25519 in the citation reference window.
25520 Here an example where we set the text
25521 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25525 \begin_inset space ~
25529 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25532 to appear after the reference:
25535 \begin_layout Standard
25537 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25540 key "latexcompanion"
25547 \begin_layout Section
25552 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25559 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25568 \begin_layout Standard
25569 An index entry is created if you use the menu
25571 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25573 \begin_inset space ~
25578 or the toolbar button
25579 \begin_inset Graphics
25580 filename ../images/index-insert.png
25581 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
25587 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25595 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25598 is inserted containing the text that appears in the index.
25599 The word where the cursor is in or the currently highlighted text is proposed
25600 by LyX as index entry.
25603 \begin_layout Standard
25604 We give a short overview of the index commands in the next subsections.
25605 For a detailed description of LaTeX's index mechanism, have a look at one
25607 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25609 key "latexcompanion,latexguide,latexbook"
25616 \begin_layout Standard
25617 You can change index entries by clicking on the index box.
25620 \begin_layout Standard
25621 The index list is inserted to the document with the menu
25623 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25625 \begin_inset space ~
25629 \begin_inset space ~
25632 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25634 \begin_inset space ~
25640 A light blue box labeled
25641 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25649 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25652 will show the place where the index is printed in the output.
25653 The index list box is not clickable like other LyX-boxes.
25656 \begin_layout Subsection
25657 Grouping Index Entries
25661 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25670 \begin_layout Standard
25671 Index entries are often grouped to offer the reader a fast search in the
25673 We want to group for example the index entries for itemized and enumerated
25674 lists under the entry
25675 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25679 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25683 First we create the entry
25684 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25688 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25692 \begin_inset space ~
25696 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25698 reference "sub:Lists"
25703 In the text field for the itemized list index entry in section
25704 \begin_inset space ~
25708 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25710 reference "sec:Itemize"
25714 , we insert the command
25717 \begin_layout Standard
25723 \begin_layout Standard
25727 \begin_layout Standard
25733 \begin_layout Standard
25734 for the enumerated list in section
25735 \begin_inset space ~
25739 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25741 reference "sec:Enumerate"
25748 \begin_layout Standard
25749 The exclamation mark
25750 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25754 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25757 marks the grouping levels.
25758 You can have three levels; every index level is indented a bit more.
25759 An index entry for the higher levels is not required.
25760 If we don't have an index entry for
25761 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25765 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25768 , it will be printed anyway, but without a page number.
25771 \begin_layout Subsection
25776 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25777 Index ! Page ranges
25785 \begin_layout Standard
25786 Normally an index entry will appear with the page number of the indexed
25788 But sometimes you want to index more pages under the same entry.
25789 E.g if we want to index the paragraph environments, we create an index entry
25791 \begin_inset space ~
25795 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25797 reference "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
25804 \begin_layout Standard
25807 Paragraph environments|(
25810 \begin_layout Standard
25811 and another entry at the end of section
25812 \begin_inset space ~
25816 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25818 reference "sub:LyX-Code"
25825 \begin_layout Standard
25828 Paragraph environments|)
25831 \begin_layout Standard
25833 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25841 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25845 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25853 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25856 respectively starts and ends the index range.
25857 You can also add the same index entry at different places in the document.
25858 They appear in the output under one entry with a comma separated list of
25859 the pages of the indexed document parts.
25860 An example is the index entry
25861 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25864 Document ! Settings
25865 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25871 \begin_layout Subsection
25876 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25877 Index ! Cross referencing
25885 \begin_layout Standard
25886 It is also possible to refer to another index entry.
25887 We referred for example in the index entry
25888 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25892 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25896 \begin_inset space ~
25900 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25902 reference "sub:Image-Formats"
25906 ) to the index entry
25907 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25911 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25914 in the same section using the entry
25917 \begin_layout Standard
25920 GIF|see{Image formats}
25923 \begin_layout Standard
25924 Where the braces have to be inserted as TeX Code.
25925 The text within the braces is the referenced entry.
25926 The reference will appear in the output without a page number.
25929 \begin_layout Subsection
25934 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25935 Index ! Entry order
25943 \begin_layout Standard
25944 You can use accented characters in the index entry, but the entries might
25945 then not follow the rules for the index order.
25946 The index entries are sorted alphabetically, but LaTeX
25950 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25951 The index generating is done in the background by an extra program, see
25953 \begin_inset space ~
25957 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25959 reference "sub:Index-Program"
25968 doesn't know how to sort accents in different languages.
25969 We created as example the three dummy index entries
25970 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25974 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25978 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25982 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25986 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25990 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25997 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25998 Dummy entries ! maïs
26007 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26008 Dummy entries ! maître
26017 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26018 Dummy entries ! maïs@maison
26023 They will be sorted in the order maïs, maître, maison, but we want the
26024 order maïs, maison, maître.
26025 To achieve this, we use the command
26028 \begin_layout Standard
26031 previous entry@current entry
26034 \begin_layout Standard
26035 In our case we want to have
26036 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26040 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26044 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26048 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26051 and write therefore for the index entry of maison:
26054 \begin_layout Standard
26060 \begin_layout Standard
26061 The previous entry needn't to be a real existing entry, you can also use
26062 another word to tell LaTeX the entry order, see the next subsection for
26066 \begin_layout Subsection
26071 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26072 Index ! Entry layout
26080 \begin_layout Standard
26081 You can change the appearance of insert entries via the text style dialog.
26085 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26088 This is an italic dummy entry
26093 You can also format the page number using the character
26094 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26098 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26101 followed by a LaTeX-command without a backslash.
26102 We can write for example
26105 \begin_layout Standard
26108 old-style page number:|oldstylenums
26111 \begin_layout Standard
26112 to get the page number in an old-style layout.
26116 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26117 Dummy entries ! old-style page number:|oldstylenums
26122 Normally all LaTeX-commands begin with a backslash, but in this special
26124 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26132 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26140 \begin_inset space ~
26146 Have a look at section
26147 \begin_inset space ~
26151 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26153 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
26157 to learn more about the LaTeX-syntax.
26160 \begin_layout Standard
26161 You can also change the layout for the whole index.
26163 we marked the index list box of this document as bold to get a bold font
26164 for all index entries.
26167 \begin_layout Subsection
26172 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26179 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26181 name "sub:Index-Program"
26188 \begin_layout Standard
26189 When the index entry program
26193 is installed, that is only available for Linux, LyX uses it for the index
26194 generation, otherwise the program
26198 is used, that is part of every LaTeX distribution.
26199 Both programs can be controlled by options that can be set in LyX's preferences
26200 dialog, see section
26201 \begin_inset space ~
26205 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26207 reference "sub:LaTeX-settings"
26212 The available options are listed and explained in
26213 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26215 key "makeindex,xindy"
26222 \begin_layout Standard
26223 You can also specify there another program to generate the index.
26226 \begin_layout Section
26227 Nomenclature / Glossary
26231 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26241 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26246 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26257 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26270 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26272 name "sec:Nomenclature"
26279 \begin_layout Standard
26280 Sometimes you need to compile a list of symbols that are mentioned in your
26281 document with a brief explanation of them -- a so called nomenclature or
26285 \begin_layout Standard
26286 To be able to create nomenclatures, you need the LaTeX package
26294 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26295 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! nomencl
26301 You find it in the TeX Catalogue,
26302 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26308 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
26311 \begin_layout Standard
26312 A nomenclature entry is created if you place the cursor after a symbol entry
26313 and then use the menu
26315 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26321 \begin_inset space ~
26326 or the toolbar button
26327 \begin_inset Graphics
26328 filename ../images/nomencl-insert.png
26329 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
26335 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26343 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26346 is inserted and a window pops up asking for the nomenclature entry.
26349 \begin_layout Standard
26350 A nomenclature entry consists of two main entries.
26351 The first is the symbol that you want to refer to.
26352 The second is the description of the symbol.
26355 \begin_layout Standard
26356 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
26359 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26364 Like for the index entry dialog, you have to enter valid LaTeX-code for
26365 all fields of the nomenclature dialog.
26373 \begin_layout Subsection
26374 Nomenclature Definition and Layout
26378 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26379 Nomenclature ! Layout
26387 \begin_layout Standard
26388 When you have symbols in formulas, you have to define them in the
26392 field as LaTeX-formula.
26394 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26398 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
26402 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26406 \begin_inset Newline newline
26414 \begin_inset Newline newline
26420 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26424 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26427 character hereby starts/ends the formula.
26428 The LaTeX-command for the Greek letter is the name of the letter beginning
26430 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26436 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26440 For capital Greek letters, start the command also with a capital letter,
26450 \begin_layout Standard
26451 (A short introduction to the LaTeX-syntax is given in section
26452 \begin_inset space ~
26456 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26458 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
26465 \begin_layout Standard
26469 \begin_inset space ~
26474 dialog to format the description text but have to use LaTeX-commands.
26475 For example the description of the nomenclature entry for the
26476 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26480 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
26484 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26487 in this document is:
26488 \begin_inset Newline newline
26493 dummy entry for the character
26498 \begin_inset Newline newline
26510 \begin_inset space ~
26520 font use the command
26549 \begin_layout Subsection
26550 Sort Order of Nomenclature Entries
26554 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26555 Nomenclature ! Sort order
26563 \begin_layout Standard
26564 The nomenclature entries are sorted alphabetically by the LaTeX-code of
26565 the symbol definition.
26566 This leads to undesired results when you for example have symbols in formulas.
26567 Suppose you have nomenclature entries for the symbols
26570 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
26571 LatexCommand nomenclature
26573 description "dummy entry for the character \"a\""
26580 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
26584 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
26585 LatexCommand nomenclature
26588 description "dummy entry for the character \\textsf{sigma}"
26593 They will be sorted by
26594 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26602 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26606 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26616 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26620 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
26623 will be sorted before the
26627 since the character
26628 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26632 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26635 is considered in sorting.
26638 \begin_layout Standard
26639 To control the sort order, you can edit the
26642 \begin_inset space ~
26647 field of the nomenclature dialog.
26648 Then the nomenclature entry will be sorted by this entry and not the symbol
26650 For the given example, you can insert
26654 to this field for the
26655 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
26662 will be located before
26663 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
26669 \begin_layout Standard
26670 For subgrouping and tips for using sort entries see the
26675 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26684 \begin_layout Subsection
26685 Nomenclature Options
26689 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26690 Nomenclature ! Options
26698 \begin_layout Standard
26703 package offers some options to adjust the appearance of the nomenclature.
26704 Here are some of its options, for more have a look at its documentation:
26707 \begin_layout Description
26708 refeq Appends the phrase
26709 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26721 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26724 to every nomenclature entry, where
26730 is the number of the last equation in front of the nomenclature entry
26733 \begin_layout Description
26734 refpage Appends the phrase
26735 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26747 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26750 to every nomenclature entry, where
26756 is the number of the page on which the nomenclature entry appeared
26759 \begin_layout Description
26760 intoc Inserts the nomenclature in the Table of Contents
26763 \begin_layout Standard
26764 There are furthermore the options
26808 to print the reference texts and the nomenclature title in the corresponding
26812 \begin_layout Standard
26813 To use one or more of the options, add them to the comma-separated document
26814 class options list in the
26816 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26820 In this document the options
26831 \begin_layout Standard
26832 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
26838 \begin_layout Standard
26839 You can also use the first two options above only for certain nomenclature
26840 entries when you add one of the following commands as last entry to the
26845 field in the nomenclature dialog:
26848 \begin_layout Description
26858 \begin_layout Description
26861 nomrefpage Like the
26868 \begin_layout Description
26871 nomrefeqpage Short notation of
26880 \begin_layout Description
26884 \begin_inset space ~
26890 \begin_inset space ~
26895 nomnorefeqpage Turns off the corresponding options
26898 \begin_layout Subsection
26899 Printing the Nomenclature
26903 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26904 Nomenclature ! Printing
26912 \begin_layout Standard
26913 To print the nomenclature, use the menu
26915 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26917 \begin_inset space ~
26921 \begin_inset space ~
26924 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26928 A light blue box labeled
26929 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26937 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26940 will show the place where the nomenclature is printed in the output.
26941 Like the index list box, the nomenclature list box is not clickable.
26944 \begin_layout Standard
26945 In the printed output the title of the nomenclature appears as
26946 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26950 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26954 If you are not happy with the name, you can change it by redefining the
26962 For example, in order to change the name to
26966 , add the following line to the preamble:
26969 \begin_layout Standard
26977 nomname}{List of Symbols}
26980 \begin_layout Standard
26981 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
26987 \begin_layout Standard
26988 If you are unhappy with the amount of space for symbols, you can alter it
26989 by adding the following line to the preamble:
26992 \begin_layout Standard
27000 nomlabelwidth}{width}
27003 \begin_layout Standard
27006 Where the width is a value with one of the units listed in Appendix
27007 \begin_inset space ~
27011 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27013 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
27018 The default value is 1
27019 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
27025 \begin_layout Section
27030 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27040 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27041 Document ! Branches
27047 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27049 name "sec:Branches"
27056 \begin_layout Standard
27057 Sometimes it is useful to hide some document parts in the output.
27058 For example a teacher who is setting an exam obviously doesn't want the
27059 pupils to see the answers, but having questions and answers in the same
27060 document will make the life of the markers of that exam much easier.
27063 \begin_layout Standard
27064 For these cases LyX offers to put text into branches.
27065 The text will then only appear in the output when its branch is activated.
27066 To create a branch, go in the
27068 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27076 The name of the branch, its activation state and the background color of
27077 the branches inside LyX can be specified in this dialog.
27080 \begin_layout Standard
27081 Text that should be in a branch is set into branch inset boxes.
27082 These boxes are inserted via the menu
27084 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27087 where you can choose a branch.
27088 You can later change the branch of the boxes by right-clicking on them.
27091 \begin_layout Standard
27092 Here is an example, where only the question text appears, the answer branch
27093 is deactivated and does therefore not appear in the output:
27096 \begin_layout Standard
27097 \begin_inset Branch Question
27100 \begin_layout Standard
27101 Question: Who was the first physics Nobel prize winner?
27109 \begin_layout Standard
27110 \begin_inset Branch Answer
27113 \begin_layout Standard
27114 Answer: Wilhelm Conrad Röntgen
27122 \begin_layout Standard
27123 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
27129 \begin_layout Standard
27130 To use conditional output inside places where you cannot insert branch insets,
27131 like inside equations, you can code special LaTeX definitions for each
27133 For example you can define for the question branch
27137 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27138 For an introduction to the LaTeX-syntax, see section
27139 \begin_inset space ~
27143 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27145 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
27157 \begin_layout Standard
27167 \begin_layout Standard
27177 \begin_layout Standard
27178 and for the answer branch
27181 \begin_layout Standard
27191 \begin_layout Standard
27201 \begin_layout Standard
27202 \begin_inset Branch Question
27205 \begin_layout Standard
27209 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27218 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27237 \begin_layout Standard
27238 \begin_inset Branch Answer
27241 \begin_layout Standard
27245 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27254 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27273 \begin_layout Standard
27274 Now it is possible to use the commands
27278 question{\SpecialChar \ldots{}
27285 answer{\SpecialChar \ldots{}
27288 to obtain conditional output.
27289 Here is an example formula where only the
27296 \begin_inset Formula \[
27297 x^{2}-2x-2\Rightarrow\question{x_{1}}\answer{x_{2}}=1\question{+\sqrt{3}}\answer{-\sqrt{3}}.\]
27304 \begin_layout Standard
27305 Inside math, the same effect can be achieved using math macros, see section
27306 \begin_inset space ~
27310 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27312 reference "sec:math-macros"
27319 \begin_layout Section
27320 TeX Code and the LaTeX Syntax
27321 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27323 name "sec:TeX-Code"
27330 \begin_layout Subsection
27335 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27342 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27344 name "sub:TeX-Code-Boxes"
27351 \begin_layout Standard
27352 As LyX uses LaTeX in the background, it supports many LaTeX commands and
27353 constructs, but not all.
27354 LaTeX contains of hundreds of packages which provide different commands.
27355 Every month many packages are updated and new ones added.
27356 This has the advantage that you can typeset nearly everything, for every
27357 problem exists a LaTeX-package.
27358 But LyX can of course not be up to date and support all these packages
27359 and their commands.
27362 \begin_layout Standard
27363 But don't worry, you can use any LaTeX-command directly in LyX inside the
27365 An TeX Code box is created by the menu
27367 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27369 \begin_inset space ~
27374 or by the toolbar button
27375 \begin_inset Graphics
27376 filename ../images/ert-insert.png
27381 The box itself can be displayed in three different styles:
27394 To change the style, right-click on the box and use the appearing dialog.
27395 Left-clicking on the box will switch between
27406 \begin_layout Standard
27407 You can insert complete or incomplete commands as TeX Code.
27408 Incomplete means that the command argument can be Standard LyX text.
27409 For example you want to draw a frame around a word and uses therefore the
27416 , you can write the command part
27422 in a TeX Code box before the word and the closing brace
27426 in a second TeX Code box behind the word.
27427 The word between the two TeX Code boxes is then the argument as it is in
27428 the following example:
27431 \begin_layout Standard
27432 \begin_inset Graphics
27433 filename clipart/ERT.png
27441 \begin_layout Standard
27445 \begin_layout Standard
27446 This is a line with a
27450 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27463 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27473 \begin_layout Standard
27474 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
27477 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27482 At the end of LaTeX-commands without parameters, you have to insert a space
27483 to let LaTeX know that the command is finished.
27491 \begin_layout Subsection
27492 Short Introduction to the LaTeX Syntax
27493 \begin_inset OptArg
27496 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27506 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27513 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27515 name "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
27522 \begin_layout Standard
27523 When you write larger documents or books, you will need to know something
27524 about the LaTeX-commands that LyX uses in the background.
27525 Because LaTeX is based on commands, you can
27526 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27530 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27534 This has the advantage that the layout of the document can be changed at
27535 every time if you know the right commands.
27537 imagine you have to write a manual for a product and the deadline is at
27538 the end of the day.
27539 Your boss just has complimented you for your good work but wants to have
27540 all caption labels bold.
27541 But you have over hundred figure and table captions with non-bold labels
27543 Of course it's impossible to change all caption labels by hand in one day.
27546 \begin_layout Standard
27547 Now LaTeX comes into play.
27548 As written above, for every problem exists a LaTeX-package.
27549 First you have to find out which and therefore look in the LaTeX package
27551 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27560 \begin_layout Standard
27561 As result you know that the package
27569 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27570 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! caption
27576 To use a package, you have to load it in the document preamble (menu
27578 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27584 \begin_layout Standard
27589 usepackage[options]{package name}
27592 \begin_layout Standard
27593 All LaTeX commands begin with a backslash, the command argument is set within
27594 two braces, and the options are set within two brackets.
27595 Note that not all commands have an argument and options.
27598 \begin_layout Standard
27599 In your case the package name is
27604 After a look in the documentation of the package, you know that the option
27609 will change the font of all caption labels to bold.
27610 So you add the command
27613 \begin_layout Standard
27618 usepackage[labelfont=bf]{caption}
27621 \begin_layout Standard
27622 to the preamble and the problem is solved.
27626 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27627 For more commands provided by the
27631 package, have a look at its documentation,
27632 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27646 \begin_layout Standard
27647 Note that some document classes have built-in solutions for well known problems
27649 For example if you use a
27653 class, you don't need the package
27657 , you can instead write
27660 \begin_layout Standard
27665 setkomafont{captionlabel}{
27670 \begin_layout Standard
27671 in the preamble and the problem is solved.
27672 So if you plan to write a large document, you should have a look at the
27673 documentation of the document class you want to use.
27680 is an example for a command with more than one argument.)
27683 \begin_layout Standard
27684 Commands in the preamble affects the whole document, while commands in the
27685 text affects only the text after the command or only the text used as command
27687 To insert a LaTeX-command in text, use the TeX Code box as described in
27688 the previous section.
27691 \begin_layout Standard
27692 If you want to learn more about LaTeX and its syntax, have a look at the
27694 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27696 key "latexcompanion,latexguide"
27704 \begin_layout Section
27705 Previewing Snippets of your Document
27709 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27716 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27718 name "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
27726 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27735 \begin_layout Standard
27736 LyX allows you to generate previews of sections of your document on the
27737 fly so you can see how they'll look in the final document without having
27738 to break your train of thought with
27740 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27746 \begin_layout Standard
27747 If you would for example like to see in LyX your math formulas typeset by
27748 LaTeX, install the LaTeX-package
27756 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27757 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! preview-latex
27762 as explained below, and turn on
27765 \begin_inset space ~
27772 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27778 \begin_inset space ~
27782 \begin_inset space ~
27785 feel\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27791 \begin_layout Standard
27792 Previews are generated when you load a document into LyX and when you finish
27794 Previews of an already loaded document are
27798 generated just by selecting the
27801 \begin_inset space ~
27806 check box, you have to reopen the documents to activate the previews.
27809 \begin_layout Standard
27810 LyX will generate previews of math insets.
27811 It will also generate previews of included insets if you select the
27814 \begin_inset space ~
27819 check box in the insert dialog.
27820 This is useful if you wish to generate a preview of a LaTeX figure, for
27824 \begin_layout Standard
27825 To get previews working, you need the LaTeX package
27829 (on some systems named simply
27834 In case it is not already installed, you find it in the TeX Catalogue,
27836 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27842 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
27843 You obtain prettier results if you install the program
27851 package; for LyX on Windows this program is automatically installed together
27855 \begin_layout Standard
27856 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
27862 \begin_layout Standard
27863 You can furthermore preview the LaTeX source of the whole document or parts
27867 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27869 \begin_inset space ~
27874 and a window will be shown where you can see the LaTeX-source code.
27875 The window shows the source of the whole paragraph where the cursor is
27877 You can also select document parts in LyX's main window, then only this
27878 selection (when it is more than one paragraph) is shown as source code.
27879 To view the whole document as source, enable the corresponding option in
27880 the source view window.
27883 \begin_layout Section
27885 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27887 name "sec:Spellchecking"
27895 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27904 \begin_layout Standard
27905 LyX itself has no built-in spell checker.
27906 Rather it uses one of the external programs
27923 This section assumes you have already installed and set up one of these
27929 can be seen as successor of
27933 , so that it is recommended to use aspell.
27938 is a Hebrew spell-checker.
27939 The used spell checker ind its settings are specified in LyX's preferences
27947 \begin_layout Standard
27948 For LyX on Windows, the selection box for the spell checking program is
27949 greyed out in the preferences dialog because only
27956 \begin_layout Standard
27959 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27962 starts the spell checking beginning from the current cursor position.
27963 A dialog window will appear showing any incorrect (or unknown) word found,
27964 allowing you to edit and replace it in a second line.
27965 Whenever an unknown word is found, the word is highlighted and the text
27966 scrolled so that it is visible.
27971 dialog, there is also a box showing suggestions for a correction, if any
27973 Clicking on one of the corrections will copy to the
27977 field, double-click invokes directly the replacement.
27978 Unknown but correctly typed words can be added to the personal dictionary.
27981 \begin_layout Standard
27982 By default, the used dictionary file is determined by the document language
27985 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27989 If you do not have a dictionary for the document language, spell checking
27990 will bring an error message.
27991 In this case, you can specify another dictionary file in the dialog by
27992 specifying a different
27994 Alternative language
27996 in preferences dialog.
27999 \begin_layout Standard
28000 After a spell check you'll informed about the number of checked words.
28003 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
28007 \begin_layout Standard
28008 It is not possible to change the spelling of a particular word globally,
28009 rather than having to change the spelling separately for each occurrence
28011 But you can use the
28014 \begin_inset space ~
28018 \begin_inset space ~
28026 \begin_layout Standard
28027 LyX cannot correctly spell check documents containing multiple languages.
28028 This does work with
28032 , assuming you have marked the different languages appropriately.
28035 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
28039 \begin_layout Standard
28044 section in the preferences dialog has some additional options:
28047 \begin_layout Description
28049 \begin_inset space ~
28052 characters Allows you to add non-standard characters that the spell checker
28053 should consider, e.g.
28054 German umlauts although you spell check English document.
28055 This should not normally be needed.
28058 \begin_layout Description
28060 \begin_inset space ~
28063 dictionary to use a different file than the spell checker's default choice
28064 as your personal dictionary
28067 \begin_layout Description
28069 \begin_inset space ~
28073 \begin_inset space ~
28076 words Prevent the spell checker from complaining about compounded words
28078 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28082 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28088 \begin_layout Description
28090 \begin_inset space ~
28094 \begin_inset space ~
28097 encoding Uses the document encoding that is set in the
28099 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28106 also for the spellchecker.
28110 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28111 The encodings are explained in section
28112 \begin_inset space ~
28116 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
28118 reference "sub:Settings"
28127 Only enable this if you use
28131 and can't spell check words with international letters in them.
28132 There have been reports that this does not work with all dictionaries,
28133 so this is disabled by default.
28136 \begin_layout Section
28141 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28148 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28150 name "sec:Thesaurus"
28157 \begin_layout Standard
28158 Thesaurus currently only works when you use the document language English.
28161 \begin_layout Standard
28162 To start the thesaurus, highlight one word or set the cursor behind it,
28165 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28168 or the toolbar button
28169 \begin_inset Graphics
28170 filename ../images/thesaurus-entry.png
28171 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28172 rotateOrigin center
28177 A dialog pops up showing you probably related words that you can use as
28181 \begin_layout Standard
28182 The shown related words are in many cases not really related to the word
28183 you are currently checking, scrolling in the shown list might help in some
28184 cases to find related words.
28187 \begin_layout Standard
28188 The thesaurus only works for single words, and also only when it is in the
28190 For example starting the thesaurus with the word
28191 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28195 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28198 leads to no results, while results are shown for the word
28199 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28203 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28207 To avoid this, you can highlight only the part
28208 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28212 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28216 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28220 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28226 \begin_layout Section
28231 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28241 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28242 Document ! Change Tracking
28248 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28250 name "sec:Change-Tracking"
28257 \begin_layout Standard
28258 When you work on a document together with many people it is extremely useful
28259 to see changes others made highlighted in the document.
28260 You can then decide if you accept a change or not.
28261 This can be achieved by turning on change tracking in the menu
28263 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28265 \begin_inset space ~
28268 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28270 \begin_inset space ~
28278 \begin_layout Standard
28279 Changes made in the document will then be highlighted by colors:
28288 You can change the color in LyX's preferences dialog under
28291 \begin_inset space ~
28295 \begin_inset space ~
28308 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28317 \begin_layout Standard
28318 When change tracking is activated, you will see the review toolbar in LyX:
28322 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28331 \begin_layout Standard
28332 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
28338 \begin_layout Standard
28339 \begin_inset Graphics
28340 filename clipart/ChangesToolbar.png
28347 \begin_layout Standard
28348 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
28354 \begin_layout Standard
28355 The review toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
28359 \begin_layout Standard
28360 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
28366 \begin_layout Standard
28367 \begin_inset Tabular
28368 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="10" columns="2">
28369 <features islongtable="true">
28370 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
28371 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
28372 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
28373 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28376 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28377 \begin_inset Graphics
28378 filename ../images/changes-track.png
28379 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28380 rotateOrigin center
28389 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28392 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28395 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28397 \begin_inset space ~
28400 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28402 \begin_inset space ~
28411 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
28412 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28415 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28416 \begin_inset Graphics
28417 filename ../images/changes-output.png
28418 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28419 rotateOrigin center
28428 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28431 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28434 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28436 \begin_inset space ~
28439 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28441 \begin_inset space ~
28445 \begin_inset space ~
28449 \begin_inset space ~
28458 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
28459 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28462 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28463 \begin_inset Graphics
28464 filename ../images/change-next.png
28465 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28466 rotateOrigin center
28475 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28478 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28479 Jumps to the next change
28485 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
28486 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28489 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28490 \begin_inset Graphics
28491 filename ../images/change-accept.png
28492 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28493 rotateOrigin center
28502 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28505 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28508 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28510 \begin_inset space ~
28513 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28515 \begin_inset space ~
28524 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
28525 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28528 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28529 \begin_inset Graphics
28530 filename ../images/change-reject.png
28531 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28532 rotateOrigin center
28541 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28544 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28547 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28549 \begin_inset space ~
28552 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28554 \begin_inset space ~
28563 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
28564 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28567 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28568 \begin_inset Graphics
28569 filename ../images/changes-merge.png
28570 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28571 rotateOrigin center
28580 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28583 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28586 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28588 \begin_inset space ~
28591 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28593 \begin_inset space ~
28602 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
28603 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28606 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28607 \begin_inset Graphics
28608 filename ../images/all-changes-accept.png
28609 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28610 rotateOrigin center
28619 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28622 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28625 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28627 \begin_inset space ~
28630 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28632 \begin_inset space ~
28636 \begin_inset space ~
28645 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
28646 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28649 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28650 \begin_inset Graphics
28651 filename ../images/all-changes-reject.png
28652 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28653 rotateOrigin center
28662 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28665 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28668 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28670 \begin_inset space ~
28673 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28675 \begin_inset space ~
28679 \begin_inset space ~
28688 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
28689 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28692 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28693 \begin_inset Graphics
28694 filename ../images/note-insert.png
28695 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28696 rotateOrigin center
28705 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28708 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28711 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28712 Note\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28714 \begin_inset space ~
28723 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
28724 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28727 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28728 \begin_inset Graphics
28729 filename ../images/note-next.png
28730 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28731 rotateOrigin center
28740 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28743 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28746 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28748 \begin_inset space ~
28764 \begin_layout Standard
28765 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
28771 \begin_layout Standard
28772 The review toolbar helps you to accept, reject, or merge changes -- highlight
28773 the change and press one of the desired toolbar buttons.
28774 When you merge changes, a window pops up showing you informations about
28775 the next change behind the current cursor position.
28776 So you don't need to highlight a certain change.
28777 Within the merge window you can decide to accept or reject changes and
28778 step to the next change.
28779 This way you can jump through all changes of the document.
28782 \begin_layout Standard
28783 The toolbar has two buttons to handle notes because notes are often important
28784 to describe a change.
28787 \begin_layout Standard
28788 To show made changes in the output you need the LaTeX package
28796 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28797 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! dvipost
28803 You find it in the TeX Catalogue,
28804 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28810 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
28813 \begin_layout Section
28814 International Support
28818 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28819 International support
28827 \begin_layout Standard
28828 This section describes how to use LyX with any language you want.
28829 For some non-western languages there are special Wiki-pages that explain
28830 how to set up LyX to use them:
28831 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28833 key "Arabic,Armenian,Farsi,Hebrew"
28840 \begin_layout Standard
28841 Besides languages, LyX also supports phonetic symbols, see section
28842 \begin_inset space ~
28846 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
28848 reference "sub:Special-Character"
28855 \begin_layout Subsection
28860 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28870 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28871 Document ! Settings
28880 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28881 Document ! Language
28889 \begin_layout Standard
28892 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28895 dialog lets you set
28897 the language and character encoding for your language.
28901 \begin_layout Standard
28902 Choose your language in the
28906 section of this dialog.
28914 \begin_layout Standard
28919 box lets you choose the character encoding map you want to use for LaTeX
28923 use language's default encoding
28925 is the preferred choice and works well in most cases.
28926 For details about the different encoding options see section
28927 \begin_inset space ~
28931 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
28933 reference "sub:Settings"
28940 \begin_layout Subsection
28941 Keyboard mapping configuration
28942 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28944 name "sub:Keyboard-mapping"
28951 \begin_layout Standard
28952 If you have for example a U.S.-style keyboard and want to write in a different
28953 language than English, you can use an alternate keymap.
28954 For example, if you have a U.S.-style keyboard but want to write in Italian,
28955 you can configure LyX to use an Italian keymap.
28956 The preferences dialog allows you to choose up to two keyboard mappings,
28958 \begin_inset space ~
28962 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
28964 reference "sub:Keyboard-Map"
28969 You can choose primary and secondary keyboard languages and then select
28970 which one you want to use.
28973 \begin_layout Standard
28974 Finally, you may just want to change a few key mappings or create an entirely
28975 different keymap (for Vulcan, for instance).
28976 You may, for example, normally write in Italian on a U.S.
28977 keyboard but want to include an occasional quotation in German.
28978 In such a case, you can write your own keyboard mapping or modify an existing
28979 one to support the characters you want.
28980 This and much more customizations are explained in the
28987 \begin_layout Subsection
28989 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28998 \begin_layout Standard
29000 \begin_inset space ~
29004 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
29006 reference "cap:The-latin1-character"
29015 You should be able to enter the characters in the first eight columns directly
29019 \begin_layout Standard
29020 There are a few things you need to know about this table.
29021 Here are some of the details you'll need to bear in mind when using characters
29029 \begin_layout Itemize
29030 Even if you have selected
29036 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29039 dialog, users who have only the
29043 -fonts for LaTeX [or who have the
29047 -fonts but aren't using them] will still miss a few characters: D0, F0,
29048 DE, FE, AB, and BB -- the uppercase and lowercase eth and thorn, and the
29049 french quotes won't show up.
29052 \begin_layout Standard
29053 \begin_inset Float table
29058 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29059 \begin_inset Caption
29061 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29062 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29064 name "cap:The-latin1-character"
29080 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29082 \begin_inset Tabular
29083 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="17" columns="17">
29085 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29086 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29087 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29088 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29089 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29090 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29091 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29092 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29093 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29094 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29095 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29096 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29097 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29098 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29099 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29100 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29101 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29103 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29106 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29112 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29115 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29130 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29133 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29148 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29151 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29166 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29169 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29184 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29187 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29202 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29205 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29220 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29223 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29238 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29241 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29256 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29259 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29274 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29277 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29292 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29295 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29310 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29313 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29328 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29331 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29346 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29349 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29364 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29367 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29382 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29385 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29402 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29405 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29420 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29423 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29429 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29432 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29438 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29441 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29447 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29450 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29464 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29467 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29481 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29484 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29498 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29501 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29515 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29518 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29532 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29535 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29541 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29544 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29550 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29553 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29559 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29562 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29576 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29579 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29593 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29596 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29610 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29613 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29627 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29630 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29646 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29649 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29664 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29667 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29673 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29676 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29682 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29685 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29699 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29702 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29716 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29719 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29733 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29736 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29750 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29753 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29767 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29770 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29784 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29787 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29793 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29796 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29802 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29805 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29819 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29822 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29836 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29839 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29853 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29856 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29870 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29873 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29887 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29890 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29906 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29909 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29924 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29927 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29933 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29936 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29942 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29945 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29954 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29962 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29965 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29979 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29982 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29996 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29999 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30013 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30016 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30030 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30033 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30047 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30050 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30056 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30059 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30065 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30068 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30074 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30077 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30091 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30094 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30108 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30111 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30125 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30128 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30142 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30145 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30161 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30164 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30179 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30182 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30188 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30191 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30197 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30200 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30214 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30217 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30231 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30234 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30248 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30251 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30265 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30268 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30282 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30285 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30299 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30302 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30308 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30311 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30317 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30320 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30334 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30337 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30351 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30354 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30368 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30371 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30385 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30388 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30402 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30405 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30421 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30424 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30439 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30442 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30448 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30451 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30457 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30460 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30474 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30477 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30491 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30494 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30508 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30511 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30525 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30528 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30542 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30545 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30559 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30562 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30568 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30571 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30577 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30580 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30586 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30589 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30603 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30606 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30620 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30623 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30637 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30640 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30654 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30657 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30673 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30676 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30691 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30694 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30700 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30703 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30709 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30712 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30726 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30729 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30743 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30746 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30760 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30763 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30777 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30780 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30794 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30797 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30811 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30814 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30820 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30823 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30829 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30832 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30838 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30841 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30855 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30858 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30872 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30875 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30889 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30892 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30906 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30909 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30925 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30928 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30943 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30946 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30952 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30955 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30961 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30964 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30978 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30981 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30995 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30998 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31012 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31015 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31029 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31032 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31046 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31049 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31063 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31066 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31072 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31075 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31081 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31084 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31090 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31093 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31107 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31110 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31124 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31127 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31141 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31144 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31158 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31161 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31177 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31180 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31195 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31198 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31204 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31207 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31213 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31216 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31230 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31233 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31247 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31250 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31264 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31267 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31281 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31284 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31298 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31301 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31315 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31318 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31324 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31327 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31333 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31336 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31350 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31353 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31367 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31370 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31384 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31387 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31401 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31404 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31418 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31421 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31437 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31440 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31455 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31458 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31464 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31467 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31473 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31476 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31490 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31493 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31507 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31510 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31524 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31527 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31541 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31544 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31558 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31561 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31575 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31578 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31584 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31587 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31593 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31596 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31610 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31613 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31627 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31630 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31644 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31647 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31661 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31664 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31678 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31681 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31697 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31700 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31715 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31718 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31724 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31727 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31733 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31736 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31750 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31753 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31767 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31770 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31784 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31787 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31801 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31804 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31818 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31821 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31835 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31838 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31844 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31847 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31853 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31856 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31870 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31873 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31887 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31890 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31904 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31907 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31921 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31924 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31938 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31941 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31957 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31960 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31975 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31978 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31984 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31987 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31993 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31996 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32010 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32013 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32027 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32030 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32044 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32047 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32061 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32064 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32078 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32081 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32095 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32098 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32104 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32107 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32113 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32116 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32130 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32133 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32147 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32150 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32164 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32167 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32181 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32184 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32198 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32201 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32217 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32220 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32235 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32238 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32244 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32247 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32253 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32256 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32270 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32273 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32287 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32290 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32304 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32307 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32321 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32324 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32338 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32341 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32355 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32358 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32364 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32367 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32373 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32376 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32390 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32393 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32407 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32410 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32424 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32427 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32441 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32444 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32458 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32461 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32477 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32480 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32495 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32498 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32504 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32507 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32513 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32516 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32530 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32533 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32547 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32550 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32564 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32567 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32583 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32586 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32600 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32603 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32617 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32620 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32626 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32629 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32635 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32638 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32652 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32655 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32669 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32672 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32686 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32689 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32703 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32706 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32720 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32723 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32739 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32742 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32757 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32760 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32766 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32769 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32775 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32778 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32792 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32795 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32809 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32812 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32826 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32829 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32843 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32846 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32860 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32863 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32877 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32880 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32886 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32889 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32895 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32898 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32904 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32907 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32921 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32924 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32938 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32941 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32955 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32958 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32972 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32975 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32991 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32994 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33009 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33012 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33018 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33021 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33027 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33030 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33044 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33047 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33061 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33064 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33078 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33081 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33095 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33098 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33112 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33115 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33129 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33132 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33138 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33141 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33147 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33150 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33164 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33167 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33181 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33184 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33198 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33201 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33215 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33218 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33232 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33235 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33251 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33254 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33269 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33272 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33278 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33281 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33287 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33290 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33304 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33307 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33321 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33324 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33338 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33341 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33355 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33358 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33372 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33375 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33381 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33384 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33390 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33393 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33399 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33402 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33416 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33419 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33433 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33436 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33450 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33453 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33467 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33470 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33484 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33487 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33514 \begin_layout Standard
33515 The following is a full list of all of the accented characters LyX can display
33517 It includes not only the accented characters from the previous table, but
33518 also the characters from
33530 \begin_layout Itemize
33539 \begin_layout Standard
33540 ¨ Ä Ë Ï Ö Ü ä ë ï ö ü ÿ
33541 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
33547 \begin_layout Standard
33548 ^ Â Ê Î Ô Û â ê î ô û
33549 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
33555 \begin_layout Standard
33556 ` À È Ì Ò Ù à è ì ò ù
33557 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
33563 \begin_layout Standard
33564 ´ Á É Í Ó Ú Ý á é í ó ú ý
33565 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
33571 \begin_layout Standard
33573 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
33579 \begin_layout Standard
33581 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
33587 \begin_layout Standard
33589 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
33596 \begin_layout Itemize
33609 \begin_layout Standard
33611 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
33617 \begin_layout Standard
33619 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
33625 \begin_layout Standard
33627 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
33633 \begin_layout Standard
33635 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
33641 \begin_layout Standard
33643 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
33649 \begin_layout Standard
33651 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
33658 \begin_layout Standard
33659 All the characters above are actively supported by TeX fonts.
33660 In addition TeX allows diacritical marks on almost all characters.
33661 Also make sure you're using the
33668 \begin_layout Chapter
33671 \begin_inset CommandInset label
33673 name "cha:The-User-Interface"
33680 \begin_layout Standard
33681 This appendix lists all available menus and describes its functionality.
33682 It is designed as quick reference if you are searching for a special topic
33683 inside the user's guide.
33686 \begin_layout Section
33691 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33700 \begin_layout Standard
33705 menu are the basic operations in addition to some more advanced operations.
33706 At the end of the menu the four last opened documents are listed.
33709 \begin_layout Subsection
33713 \begin_layout Standard
33714 Creates a new document.
33717 \begin_layout Subsection
33721 \begin_layout Standard
33722 This menu prompts you for a template to use.
33723 Selecting a template will automatically set certain layout features for
33724 the document, features you would otherwise need to change manually.
33727 \begin_layout Subsection
33731 \begin_layout Standard
33735 \begin_layout Subsection
33739 \begin_layout Standard
33740 The submenu shows a list of the recently opened files.
33741 Click there on a file to open it.
33744 \begin_layout Subsection
33748 \begin_layout Standard
33749 Closes the current document.
33752 \begin_layout Subsection
33756 \begin_layout Standard
33757 Saves the actual document.
33760 \begin_layout Subsection
33764 \begin_layout Standard
33765 Saves the actual document under a new name to create a copy.
33768 \begin_layout Subsection
33772 \begin_layout Standard
33773 Reloads the actual document from disk.
33776 \begin_layout Subsection
33780 \begin_layout Standard
33781 This is used when more people are working on the same document.
33782 It is described in the section
33784 Version Control in LyX
33789 \begin_inset space ~
33797 \begin_layout Subsection
33801 \begin_layout Standard
33802 You can import there files from older LyX-versions, LaTeX-files and plain
33803 text files (ASCII-files).
33804 The files will be imported as new LyX-document.
33807 \begin_layout Standard
33808 When using the menu
33811 \begin_inset space ~
33815 \begin_inset space ~
33820 , all lines will be imported consecutively to one big paragraph.
33821 A new paragraph is started when there is a blank line in the file.
33822 , the text is inserted as Paragraphs, where the line breaks of the text
33823 will start a new paragraph.
33826 \begin_layout Subsection
33828 \begin_inset CommandInset label
33837 \begin_layout Standard
33838 You can export your document to various file formats.
33839 The resulting files are placed in the directory of your LyX-file.
33840 The menu entries are not the same on all installations.
33841 They depend on the programs found by LyX while its configuration.
33844 \begin_layout Standard
33845 Here is a list of all available entries; they are explained in detail in
33847 \begin_inset space ~
33851 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
33853 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
33860 \begin_layout Description
33864 \begin_inset space ~
33869 format of the special LyX 1.4.x versions for Chinese, Japanese, and Korean
33870 (CJK); (Since LyX 1.5.0 CJK support is fully integrated to LyX.)
33873 \begin_layout Description
33881 \begin_layout Description
33882 HTML HTML-format (the HTML-converter is a third-party product and doesn't
33886 \begin_layout Description
33888 \begin_inset space ~
33892 \begin_inset space ~
33895 Word) HTML-format specialized so that the result can be imported to
33899 , as consequence of this formulas will be embedded as bitmap fonts and not
33907 \begin_layout Description
33914 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33922 \begin_inset space ~
33927 text file with the LaTeX source, additionally all images used in the document
33928 will be converted to a format that is readable for the
33932 program (GIF, JPG, PDF, PNG)
33935 \begin_layout Description
33942 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33950 \begin_inset space ~
33955 text file with the LaTeX source code, additionally all images used in the
33956 document will be converted to the EPS-format, only this format is readable
33964 \begin_layout Description
33966 \begin_inset space ~
33969 1.y.x LyX-document in a format readable for the LyX versions 1.y.x (
33970 \begin_inset Quotes eld
33974 \begin_inset Quotes erd
33977 is replaced by the version number)
33980 \begin_layout Description
33981 OpenDocument OpenDocument-formatted text file, to be opened with
33994 (the OpenDocument-converter is a third-party product and doesn't work in
33998 \begin_layout Description
34003 PDF-format using the program
34008 \begin_layout Description
34012 \begin_inset space ~
34017 PDF-format using the program
34022 \begin_layout Description
34026 \begin_inset space ~
34031 PDF-format using the program
34036 \begin_layout Description
34040 \begin_inset space ~
34048 \begin_layout Description
34052 \begin_inset space ~
34056 \begin_inset space ~
34061 text format, the document will first be converted to Postscript format
34062 and then exported as text using the program
34067 \begin_layout Description
34072 PostScript format using the program
34077 \begin_layout Description
34085 \begin_layout Standard
34090 produces internally a DVI-file which is then converted to a PDF-file.
34091 It is a bit out of date and therefore the output could look different from
34097 produces directly PDF-files and supports the latest PDF-file formats.
34100 \begin_layout Standard
34101 If one of the menu entries
34108 \begin_inset space ~
34117 is missing, you need to update your LaTeX installation.
34118 After updating you have to reconfigure LyX, see section
34119 \begin_inset space ~
34123 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34125 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
34133 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34134 Reconfiguration of LyX
34142 \begin_layout Standard
34147 allows you to export your file by using special command line options for
34148 the export program.
34151 \begin_layout Subsection
34155 \begin_layout Standard
34156 With this menu you can print your document to a file in PostScript format
34157 or send it to a printer.
34158 The printer will also use the document in PostScript format.
34159 The conversion to PostScript is done in the background by LyX using the
34165 For more informations have a look at section
34166 \begin_inset space ~
34170 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34172 reference "sub:Printing-the-File"
34179 \begin_layout Subsection
34180 New and Close Window
34183 \begin_layout Standard
34184 Opens a new instance of LyX with all currently opened documents.
34185 You can close it later with the corresponding menu.
34188 \begin_layout Section
34193 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34202 \begin_layout Subsection
34206 \begin_layout Standard
34207 Described in section
34208 \begin_inset space ~
34212 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34214 reference "sec:Undo-and-Redo"
34221 \begin_layout Subsection
34222 Cut, Copy, Paste, Paste Recent, Paste Special
34225 \begin_layout Standard
34226 Described in section
34227 \begin_inset space ~
34231 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34233 reference "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
34240 \begin_layout Subsection
34244 \begin_layout Standard
34245 Selects the whole document.
34248 \begin_layout Subsection
34252 \begin_layout Standard
34253 Described in section
34254 \begin_inset space ~
34258 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34260 reference "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
34267 \begin_layout Subsection
34268 Move paragraph Up/Down
34271 \begin_layout Standard
34272 This shifts the paragraph where the cursor is currently in one paragraph
34276 \begin_layout Subsection
34280 \begin_layout Standard
34281 Described in section
34282 \begin_inset space ~
34286 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34288 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
34295 \begin_layout Subsection
34300 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34301 Paragraph ! Settings
34309 \begin_layout Standard
34310 The settings in the paragraph dialog only affects the paragraph where the
34312 Here you can set here the paragraph alignment and line spacing.
34315 \begin_layout Standard
34316 You can also prevent that the first line of the paragraph is indented.
34317 This option works only when you have chosen to separate paragraphs with
34320 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34326 \begin_inset space ~
34334 \begin_layout Subsection
34338 \begin_layout Standard
34339 These two menus are only active when the cursor is inside a table or a formula.
34340 The properties of this table/formula can now be changed.
34341 The properties of tables are described in section
34342 \begin_inset space ~
34346 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34348 reference "sec:Tables"
34352 , the properties of formulas in chapter
34353 \begin_inset space ~
34357 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34359 reference "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
34366 \begin_layout Subsection
34367 Increase / Decrease List Depth
34370 \begin_layout Standard
34371 These menus are only active when the cursor is in an environment that can
34373 They in/decrease the environment nesting level as explained in section
34374 \begin_inset space ~
34378 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34380 reference "sec:Nesting"
34385 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34387 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
34394 \begin_layout Section
34399 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34408 \begin_layout Standard
34413 menu contains a list of available formats in which you can view the actual
34414 document with an external program.
34415 The menu entries for the viewing formats are not the same on all installations
34416 - it depends on the LaTeX programs that are found while LyX was configured.
34417 All possible formats are formats listed in section
34418 \begin_inset space ~
34422 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34424 reference "sub:Export"
34429 You should at least see the menu entries
34436 \begin_inset space ~
34442 If one of the two is missing, you need to update your LaTeX installation.
34443 After updating you have to reconfigure LyX, see section
34444 \begin_inset space ~
34448 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34450 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
34458 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34459 Reconfiguration of LyX
34467 \begin_layout Standard
34468 Invoking a menu will start a viewer program.
34469 The viewer can be set or changed in the preferences, see section
34470 \begin_inset space ~
34474 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34476 reference "sec:File-Formats"
34481 The default viewers are set by LyX while it is first configured.
34484 \begin_layout Standard
34485 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
34488 At the bottom of the
34492 menu the opened documents are listed.
34495 \begin_layout Subsection
34499 \begin_layout Standard
34500 Opens a window showing the source code of the actual document, as described
34502 \begin_inset space ~
34506 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34508 reference "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
34515 \begin_layout Subsection
34519 \begin_layout Standard
34520 This menu allows you to update the view with your latest changes without
34521 opening a new view window.
34524 \begin_layout Subsection
34526 \begin_inset CommandInset label
34528 name "sub:Toolbars"
34536 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34545 \begin_layout Standard
34546 In this menu you can set the appearance of the different toolbars.
34547 All toolbars and the
34550 \begin_inset space ~
34555 can be turned on and off.
34560 state is denoted in the menu with a checkmark.
34572 \begin_inset space ~
34581 toolbars can be additionally set to the state
34585 that is denoted in the menu with the suffix
34592 \begin_layout Standard
34597 state the toolbar is permanently shown, in the
34601 state the toolbar is only shown when the cursor is in a certain environment
34602 or when a certain feature is enabled.
34603 That means that the review toolbar will only be shown when change tracking
34604 is activated, the math and table toolbars are only shown when the cursor
34605 is inside a formula or table, respectively.
34608 \begin_layout Standard
34609 LyX's toolbars and its buttons are explained in section
34610 \begin_inset space ~
34614 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34616 reference "sec:Toolbars"
34623 \begin_layout Section
34628 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34637 \begin_layout Subsection
34641 \begin_layout Standard
34642 Inserts math constructs that are explained in chapter
34643 \begin_inset space ~
34647 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34649 reference "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
34656 \begin_layout Subsection
34658 \begin_inset CommandInset label
34660 name "sub:Special-Character"
34667 \begin_layout Standard
34668 Here you can insert the following characters:
34671 \begin_layout Description
34672 Ellipsis Inserts an ellipsis: \SpecialChar \ldots{}
34676 \begin_layout Description
34678 \begin_inset space ~
34682 \begin_inset space ~
34685 Sentence Inserts an end of sentence dot as described in section
34686 \begin_inset space ~
34690 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34692 reference "sub:Abbreviations"
34699 \begin_layout Description
34701 \begin_inset space ~
34704 Quote Inserts this quote:
34705 \begin_inset Quotes erd
34708 , no matter what quote type you selected in the
34710 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34720 \begin_layout Description
34722 \begin_inset space ~
34725 Quote Inserts this quote:
34726 \begin_inset Quotes els
34732 \begin_layout Description
34734 \begin_inset space ~
34737 Separator Inserts the menu separator sign: \SpecialChar \menuseparator
34741 \begin_layout Description
34743 \begin_inset space ~
34750 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34760 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34761 Language ! Phonetic symbols
34766 Creates a formula with a so called tipa inset.
34767 Here you can insert commands to create IPA phonetic symbols.
34768 For this feature you must have the LaTeX-package
34776 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34777 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! tipa
34783 \begin_inset Newline newline
34786 For more informations about this feature we refer to the documentation of
34790 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
34798 and this Wiki-page:
34799 \begin_inset Newline newline
34803 \begin_inset Flex URL
34806 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34808 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/LinguistLyX
34816 \begin_layout Subsection
34820 \begin_layout Standard
34821 Here you can insert the following format constructs:
34824 \begin_layout Description
34825 Superscript Inserts an superscript: test
34826 \begin_inset Formula $^{\text{a,b}}$
34832 \begin_layout Description
34833 Subscript Inserts an subscript: test
34834 \begin_inset Formula $_{\text{3x}}$
34840 \begin_layout Description
34842 \begin_inset space ~
34845 Space Inserts a protected space that is described in section
34846 \begin_inset space ~
34850 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34852 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
34859 \begin_layout Description
34861 \begin_inset space ~
34864 Space Inserts an inter-word space that is described in section
34865 \begin_inset space ~
34869 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34871 reference "sub:Inter-word-Space"
34878 \begin_layout Description
34880 \begin_inset space ~
34883 Space Inserts a thin space that is described in section
34884 \begin_inset space ~
34888 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34890 reference "sub:Thin-Space"
34897 \begin_layout Description
34899 \begin_inset space ~
34902 Fill Inserts an horizontal fill, see section
34903 \begin_inset space ~
34907 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34909 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
34916 \begin_layout Description
34918 \begin_inset space ~
34921 Line Inserts an horizontal line, see section
34922 \begin_inset space ~
34926 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34928 reference "sub:Horizontal-Lines"
34935 \begin_layout Description
34937 \begin_inset space ~
34940 Space Inserts vertical space, see section
34941 \begin_inset space ~
34945 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34947 reference "sub:Vertical-Space"
34954 \begin_layout Description
34956 \begin_inset space ~
34959 Point Inserts an hyphenation point, see section
34960 \begin_inset space ~
34964 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34966 reference "sub:Hyphenation"
34973 \begin_layout Description
34975 \begin_inset space ~
34978 Break Inserts a ligature break, see section
34979 \begin_inset space ~
34983 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34985 reference "sub:Ligatures"
34992 \begin_layout Description
34994 \begin_inset space ~
34997 Break Inserts a forced linebreak, see section
34998 \begin_inset space ~
35002 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35004 reference "sub:Forced-Linebreaks"
35011 \begin_layout Description
35013 \begin_inset space ~
35016 Break Inserts a forced pagebreak, described in section
35017 \begin_inset space ~
35021 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35023 reference "sub:Forced-Pagebreaks"
35030 \begin_layout Description
35032 \begin_inset space ~
35035 Page Inserts a clear pagebreak, described in section
35036 \begin_inset space ~
35040 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35042 reference "sub:Clear-Pages"
35049 \begin_layout Description
35051 \begin_inset space ~
35055 \begin_inset space ~
35058 Page Inserts a clear doublepage break, described in section
35059 \begin_inset space ~
35063 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35065 reference "sub:Clear-Pages"
35072 \begin_layout Subsection
35076 \begin_layout Standard
35077 Various lists can be inserted with this menu.
35078 The table of contents, the algorithm, figures, and tables list are described
35080 \begin_inset space ~
35084 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35086 reference "sec:toc"
35091 The index list is described in section
35092 \begin_inset space ~
35096 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35098 reference "sec:Index"
35102 , the nomenclature in section
35103 \begin_inset space ~
35107 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35109 reference "sec:Nomenclature"
35113 , and the BibTeX bibliography in section
35114 \begin_inset space ~
35118 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35120 reference "sub:Bibliography-databases"
35127 \begin_layout Subsection
35131 \begin_layout Standard
35132 To insert floats, described in section
35133 \begin_inset space ~
35137 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35139 reference "sec:Floats"
35146 \begin_layout Subsection
35150 \begin_layout Standard
35151 To insert notes, described in section
35152 \begin_inset space ~
35156 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35158 reference "sec:Notes"
35165 \begin_layout Subsection
35169 \begin_layout Standard
35170 Inserts branch insets as described in section
35171 \begin_inset space ~
35175 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35177 reference "sec:Branches"
35184 \begin_layout Subsection
35189 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35198 \begin_layout Standard
35199 Here you can inserts files to include them or its content to your document.
35200 How this can be done is in detail explained in chapter
35211 \begin_layout Subsection
35216 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35225 \begin_layout Standard
35226 Inserts a minipage box that is described section
35227 \begin_inset space ~
35231 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35233 reference "sec:Minipages"
35238 All box types supported by LyX are explained in detail in chapter
35249 \begin_layout Subsection
35253 \begin_layout Standard
35254 Inserts a citation as described in section
35255 \begin_inset space ~
35259 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35261 reference "sec:Bibliography"
35268 \begin_layout Subsection
35272 \begin_layout Standard
35273 Inserts a cross-reference as described in section
35274 \begin_inset space ~
35278 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35280 reference "sec:Cross-References"
35287 \begin_layout Subsection
35291 \begin_layout Standard
35292 Inserts a label as described in section
35293 \begin_inset space ~
35297 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35299 reference "sec:Cross-References"
35306 \begin_layout Subsection
35311 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35321 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35322 Longtables ! Caption
35330 \begin_layout Standard
35331 Inserts a caption to floats or longtables.
35332 Floats are described in section
35333 \begin_inset space ~
35337 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35339 reference "sec:Floats"
35343 , cations in longtables are described in section
35354 \begin_layout Subsection
35358 \begin_layout Standard
35359 Inserts an index entry as described in section
35360 \begin_inset space ~
35364 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35366 reference "sec:Index"
35373 \begin_layout Subsection
35377 \begin_layout Standard
35378 Inserts a nomenclature entry as described in section
35379 \begin_inset space ~
35383 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35385 reference "sec:Nomenclature"
35392 \begin_layout Subsection
35396 \begin_layout Standard
35398 Tables are described in section
35399 \begin_inset space ~
35403 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35405 reference "sec:Tables"
35412 \begin_layout Subsection
35416 \begin_layout Standard
35418 Graphics are described in section
35419 \begin_inset space ~
35423 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35425 reference "sec:Graphics"
35432 \begin_layout Subsection
35436 \begin_layout Standard
35437 Inserts an URL box as described in section
35438 \begin_inset space ~
35442 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35444 reference "sec:URL"
35451 \begin_layout Subsection
35455 \begin_layout Standard
35456 Inserts a footnote, see section
35457 \begin_inset space ~
35461 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35463 reference "sec:Footnotes"
35470 \begin_layout Subsection
35474 \begin_layout Standard
35475 Inserts a marginal note, see section
35476 \begin_inset space ~
35480 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35482 reference "sec:Marginal-Notes"
35489 \begin_layout Subsection
35493 \begin_layout Standard
35494 Inserts a short title, see section
35495 \begin_inset space ~
35499 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35501 reference "sec:Short-Titles"
35508 \begin_layout Subsection
35512 \begin_layout Standard
35513 Inserts a TeX Code box, see section
35514 \begin_inset space ~
35518 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35520 reference "sub:TeX-Code-Boxes"
35527 \begin_layout Subsection
35532 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35541 \begin_layout Standard
35542 Inserts a program listings box.
35543 Program listings are explained in chapter
35545 Program Code Listings
35554 \begin_layout Subsection
35558 \begin_layout Standard
35559 Inserts the actual date.
35560 The format dependends on the date format of the language that is used for
35562 LyX offers another ways to insert a date which is explained in section
35572 There the different methods are also compared.
35575 \begin_layout Section
35580 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35589 \begin_layout Standard
35590 This menu lists the existing, chapter, sections, figures, and tables of
35591 the current document.
35592 This allows you to navigate easily through you document.
35595 \begin_layout Standard
35596 The Navigate menu also offers to
35599 \begin_layout Subsection
35603 \begin_layout Standard
35604 With this menu you are able to define your own bookmarks.
35605 This is useful when you are working on a large documents and often have
35608 \begin_inset space ~
35612 To create bookmarks for this example, go to section
35613 \begin_inset space ~
35616 2.5 and use the menu
35619 \begin_inset space ~
35623 \begin_inset space ~
35630 \begin_inset space ~
35636 \begin_inset space ~
35640 \begin_inset space ~
35646 Now you can easily jump between these sections by using the menu or by
35658 \begin_layout Standard
35659 You can also use bookmarks to jump between several opened documents.
35660 The saved bookmarks are valid till the document is closed.
35663 \begin_layout Subsection
35664 Next Note, Change, Cross-reference
35667 \begin_layout Standard
35668 Jump to the next note, change, or cross-reference following the current
35672 \begin_layout Subsection
35676 \begin_layout Standard
35677 Only active when the cursor is in front of a cross-reference.
35678 Sets the cursor before the referenced label, the same as if you right-click
35679 on a cross-reference box.
35682 \begin_layout Section
35687 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35696 \begin_layout Subsection
35700 \begin_layout Standard
35701 Change Tracking is described in section
35702 \begin_inset space ~
35706 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35708 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
35715 \begin_layout Subsection
35720 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35730 \begin_layout Standard
35731 After running LaTeX by viewing or exporting a document, this menu will be
35733 It shows the logfile of the used LaTeX-program.
35736 \begin_layout Standard
35737 Here you can see how LaTeX works in the background.
35742 will find in it reasons for LaTeX-errors.
35745 \begin_layout Subsection
35749 \begin_layout Standard
35750 Opens the TOC/Outline window as described in section
35751 \begin_inset space ~
35755 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35757 reference "sub:Table-of-Contents"
35764 \begin_layout Subsection
35765 Start Appendix Here
35768 \begin_layout Standard
35769 This menu will start the appendix of the document at the current cursor
35770 position as described in section
35771 \begin_inset space ~
35775 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35777 reference "sec:Appendices"
35784 \begin_layout Subsection
35788 \begin_layout Standard
35789 Un/compresses the actual document.
35792 \begin_layout Subsection
35794 \begin_inset CommandInset label
35796 name "sub:Settings"
35804 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35805 Document ! Settings
35813 \begin_layout Standard
35814 This menu dialog contains some submenus to set properties for the whole
35816 You can save your document settings as default with the
35818 Save as Document Defaults
35820 button in the dialog.
35821 This will create a template named
35825 which is automatically loaded by LyX when you create a new document without
35829 \begin_layout Standard
35830 The different submenus of the dialog are explained in the following:
35833 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
35837 \begin_layout Standard
35838 Here you set the document class, class options, and a Postscript driver.
35839 Document classes are described in section
35840 \begin_inset space ~
35844 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35846 reference "sec:Document-Classes"
35851 The Postscript driver is used for LaTeX's color and graphics packages.
35856 , the default driver for the Latex@LaTeX-packages are used.
35857 It is recommended to use the default unless your know what you are doing.
35860 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
35864 \begin_layout Standard
35865 The document font settings are described in section
35866 \begin_inset space ~
35870 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35872 reference "sec:Fonts-and-Text"
35879 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
35883 \begin_layout Standard
35884 You can specify if paragraphs should be separated by indentations or vertical
35886 The line spacing and the number of text columns can here also be specified.
35890 \begin_layout Standard
35891 Note that LyX won't show two columns or the set up line spacing on screen.
35892 That's impractical, often unreadable, and not part of the WYSIWYM concept.
35893 However, it will be as you specified it in the output.
35896 \begin_layout Standard
35897 The listings settings are explained in the corresponding section in the
35905 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
35909 \begin_layout Standard
35910 A description of this menu is given in section
35911 \begin_inset space ~
35915 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35917 reference "sub:Paper-Size,-Orientation,"
35922 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35924 reference "sub:Document-Layout"
35931 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
35935 \begin_layout Standard
35936 Here you can adjust the paper margins, see section
35937 \begin_inset space ~
35941 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35943 reference "sub:Margins"
35950 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
35955 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35956 Language ! Encoding
35964 \begin_layout Standard
35965 The document language and quote styles are set here.
35966 The encoding specifies how the document content is exported to LaTeX (the
35967 LyX file is always encoded in utf8).
35968 All characters that cannot be encoded using the specified encoding will
35969 be exported as LaTeX-commands (this can fail if a LaTeX-command is not
35970 known for a particular character).
35974 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35975 The known commands are defined in a text file.
35976 You can add commands for unknown symbols to that file yourself, see the
35981 manual for details.
35989 \begin_layout Standard
35990 If you use the option
35992 use language's default encoding
35994 , LyX determines the encoding of a portion of text from the language of
35996 If the document contains text in more than one language you may get more
35997 than one encoding in the LaTeX file.
35998 If you do not use this option then the complete document will always use
35999 exactly one encoding.
36000 Checking this option is the preferred setting unless you use
36008 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36009 XeTeX is a TeX typesetting engine, an alternative for LaTeX.
36010 It natively supports Unicode while its input file is assumed to be in UTF-8
36012 More about using LyX with XeTeX can be found in
36013 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
36027 \begin_layout Standard
36028 LyX also supports Unicode output, which is particularly useful if you need
36029 lots of special symbols or non-alphabetic scripts, respectively.
36030 If you want to use this (and your LaTeX installation supports Unicode,
36031 for that matter), choose one of the four utf8 variants from the list below.
36032 Unfortunately the unicode support of standard LaTeX is quite incomplete,
36033 so it is not uncommon that a file with lots of unicode symbols works fine
36036 use language's default encoding
36038 (when LyX uses it's list of known LaTeX-commands), but does not work with
36039 a fixed utf8 encoding (when the list of known LaTeX-commands is ot used,
36040 because all unicode symbols can be encoded in utf8).
36043 \begin_layout Standard
36044 Here is a list with the important encodings:
36047 \begin_layout Description
36049 \begin_inset space ~
36054 use language's default encoding
36056 , but the LaTeX-package
36064 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36065 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! inputenc
36071 You probably need to load some other packages manually in the preamble.
36074 \begin_layout Description
36075 armscii8 encoding for Armenian
36078 \begin_layout Description
36079 ascii the ASCII encoding, covers only plain English, may result in a big
36080 file because lots of LaTeX-commands may be needed
36083 \begin_layout Description
36084 cp1250 MS Windows code page for latin2
36087 \begin_layout Description
36088 cp1251 MS Windows code page for Cyrillic
36091 \begin_layout Description
36092 cp1252 MS Windows code page for latin1
36095 \begin_layout Description
36096 cp1255 MS Windows code page for Hebrew, superset of the ISO-8859-8 encoding
36099 \begin_layout Description
36100 cp1256 MS Windows code page for Arabic and Farsi
36103 \begin_layout Description
36104 cp1257 MS Windows code page for Estonian, Latvian, and Lithuanian, the ISO-8859-
36105 13 encoding that is a superset of the ISO-8859-4 encoding
36108 \begin_layout Description
36109 iso88595 the ISO-8859-5 encoding, covers Belorussian, Bulgarian, Macedonian,
36110 Serbian, and Ukrainian
36113 \begin_layout Description
36114 iso-8859-7 the ISO-8859-7 encoding, covers Greek
36117 \begin_layout Description
36118 8859-8 the ISO-8859-8 encoding, covers Hebrew
36121 \begin_layout Description
36122 koi8-r standard Cyrillic especially for Russian
36125 \begin_layout Description
36126 koi8-u Cyrillic for Ukrainian
36129 \begin_layout Description
36130 latin1 the ISO-8859-1 encoding, covers the languages Albanian, Catalan,
36131 Danish, Dutch, English, Faroese, Finnish, French, Galician, German, Icelandic,
36132 Irish, Italian, Norwegian, Portuguese, Spanish, and Swedish; should be
36136 \begin_layout Description
36137 latin2 the ISO-8859-2 encoding, covers Albanian, Croatian, Czech, German,
36138 Hungarian, Polish, Romanian, Slovak, and Slovenian
36141 \begin_layout Description
36142 latin3 the ISO-8859-3 encoding, covers Esperanto, Galician, Maltese, and
36146 \begin_layout Description
36147 latin4 the ISO-8859-4 encoding, covers Estonian, Latvian, and Lithuanian
36150 \begin_layout Description
36151 latin5 the ISO-8859-9 encoding, covers Turkish, like the ISO-8859-1 encoding
36152 where the Icelandic letters are replaced by Turkish ones
36155 \begin_layout Description
36156 latin9 the ISO-8859-15 encoding, like the ISO-8859-1 encoding, but with
36157 the euro currency sign, the
36161 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36170 -ligature and some characters used for French and Finnish; latin9 should
36171 be the replacement for latin1
36174 \begin_layout Description
36175 pt154 Cyrillic for Kazakh
36178 \begin_layout Description
36179 utf8 Unicode utf8 with the LaTeX-package
36187 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36188 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! inputenc
36193 (first variant, for Latin symbols and some others).
36196 \begin_layout Description
36197 utf8x Unicode utf8 with the LaTeX-package
36201 (second variant, for Greek and CJK symbols and some others).
36204 \begin_layout Description
36205 UTF8 Unicode utf8 with the LaTeX-package
36213 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36214 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! CJK
36219 (for the languages Chinese, Japanese and Korean)
36222 \begin_layout Description
36223 utf8-plain Unicode utf8 to be used with
36227 , which uses Unicode directly, without the help of the LaTeX-package
36235 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36236 More about using LyX with XeTeX can be found in
36237 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
36251 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
36255 \begin_layout Standard
36256 You can adjust here the numbering depth of sections headings as described
36258 \begin_inset space ~
36262 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36264 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
36271 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
36275 \begin_layout Standard
36276 You can specify here a citation style using the Latex@LaTeX-packages
36284 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36285 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! natbib
36298 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36299 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! jurabib
36305 For a further description see section
36306 \begin_inset space ~
36310 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36312 reference "sec:Bibliography"
36319 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
36323 \begin_layout Standard
36324 These options will force LyX to use the Latex@LaTeX-packages
36332 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36333 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! amsmath
36346 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36347 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! esint
36352 or to use them automatically when they are needed.
36355 \begin_layout Standard
36360 is needed for many constructs, so when you get LaTeX-errors in formulas,
36361 assure that you have enabled AMS.
36364 \begin_layout Standard
36369 is used for special integral characters.
36372 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
36376 \begin_layout Standard
36377 The float placement options are described in section
36378 \begin_inset Formula $\,$
36382 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36384 reference "sub:Float-Placement"
36391 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
36395 \begin_layout Standard
36396 Here you can adjust the characters for the itemize levels.
36397 The itemize environment is described in section
36398 \begin_inset space ~
36402 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36404 reference "sec:Itemize"
36411 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
36415 \begin_layout Standard
36416 Branches are described in section
36417 \begin_inset space ~
36421 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36423 reference "sec:Branches"
36430 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
36435 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36445 \begin_layout Standard
36446 In this text field are entered commands to load special LaTeX-packages or
36447 to define LaTeX-commands.
36448 The preamble is a thing for LaTeX-experts.
36449 You shouldn't enter commands here until you don't exactly know what you
36453 \begin_layout Standard
36454 An introduction in the LaTeX-syntax is given in section
36455 \begin_inset space ~
36459 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36461 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
36468 \begin_layout Section
36473 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36482 \begin_layout Subsection
36486 \begin_layout Standard
36487 Spell checking is explained in section
36488 \begin_inset space ~
36492 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36494 reference "sec:Spellchecking"
36501 \begin_layout Subsection
36505 \begin_layout Standard
36506 The thesaurus is described in section
36507 \begin_inset space ~
36511 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36513 reference "sec:Thesaurus"
36520 \begin_layout Subsection
36525 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36534 \begin_layout Standard
36535 Counts the number of words in the actual document or the highlighted document
36539 \begin_layout Subsection
36544 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36553 \begin_layout Standard
36554 Shows you a list of the classes and styles installed in your LaTeX-system.
36557 \begin_layout Subsection
36562 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36563 Lyx@LyX ! Reconfigure|see
36567 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36574 Reconfiguration of LyX
36578 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36594 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36595 Reconfiguration of LyX
36603 \begin_layout Standard
36604 This menu reconfigures LyX.
36605 That means LyX looks for LaTeX-packages and needed programs, see also section
36606 \begin_inset space ~
36610 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36612 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
36619 \begin_layout Subsection
36623 \begin_layout Standard
36624 The preferences dialog is described in detail in chapter
36625 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
36629 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36631 reference "cha:The-Preferences-dialog"
36638 \begin_layout Section
36643 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36652 \begin_layout Standard
36653 This menu opens the documentation files of LyX in the language of LyX's
36657 \begin_layout Standard
36661 \begin_inset space ~
36666 shows a LyX-document with informations about the Latex@LaTeX-packages and
36667 classes found by LyX (see also section
36668 \begin_inset space ~
36672 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36674 reference "sec:LaTeX-Setup"
36681 \begin_layout Section
36683 \begin_inset CommandInset label
36685 name "sec:Toolbars"
36692 \begin_layout Standard
36693 How to show or hide toolbars is explained in section
36694 \begin_inset space ~
36698 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36700 reference "sub:Toolbars"
36707 \begin_layout Standard
36708 It is also possible to define custom toolbars.
36709 This is described in the
36716 \begin_layout Subsection
36721 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36730 \begin_layout Standard
36731 \begin_inset Graphics
36732 filename clipart/StandardToolbar.png
36740 \begin_layout Standard
36741 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
36747 \begin_layout Standard
36748 The standard toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
36753 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36765 \begin_inset Note Note
36768 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36769 This is necessary to left align the following longtables.
36774 manual for more information.
36782 \begin_layout Standard
36783 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
36789 \begin_layout Standard
36790 \begin_inset Tabular
36791 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="1" columns="2">
36792 <features islongtable="true">
36793 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
36794 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
36796 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36799 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36800 \begin_inset Graphics
36801 filename clipart/ToolbarEnvBox.png
36811 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36814 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36815 pull-down menu for the paragraph environments
36828 \begin_layout Standard
36829 \begin_inset VSpace -10mm
36835 \begin_layout Standard
36837 \begin_inset Tabular
36838 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="20" columns="2">
36839 <features islongtable="true">
36840 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
36841 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
36842 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
36843 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36846 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36849 \begin_inset Graphics
36850 filename ../images/buffer-new.png
36851 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
36860 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36863 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36866 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
36873 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
36874 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36877 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36878 \begin_inset Graphics
36879 filename ../images/file-open.png
36880 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
36889 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36892 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36895 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
36902 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
36903 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36906 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36907 \begin_inset Graphics
36908 filename ../images/buffer-write.png
36909 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
36918 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36921 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36924 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
36931 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
36932 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36935 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36936 \begin_inset Graphics
36937 filename ../images/dialog-show_print.png
36938 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 24bp 20bp
36947 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36950 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36953 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
36960 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
36961 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36964 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36965 \begin_inset Graphics
36966 filename ../images/dialog-show_spellchecker.png
36967 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
36976 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36979 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36982 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
36989 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
36990 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
36993 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36994 \begin_inset Graphics
36995 filename ../images/undo.png
36996 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37005 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37008 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37011 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37018 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37019 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37022 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37023 \begin_inset Graphics
37024 filename ../images/redo.png
37025 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37034 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37037 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37040 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37047 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37048 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37051 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37052 \begin_inset Graphics
37053 filename ../images/cut.png
37054 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37063 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37066 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37069 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37076 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37077 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37080 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37081 \begin_inset Graphics
37082 filename ../images/copy.png
37083 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37092 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37095 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37098 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37105 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37106 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37109 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37110 \begin_inset Graphics
37111 filename ../images/paste.png
37112 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37121 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37124 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37127 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37134 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37135 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37138 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37139 \begin_inset Graphics
37140 filename ../images/dialog-show_findreplace.png
37141 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37142 rotateOrigin center
37151 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37154 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37157 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37159 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
37163 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
37172 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37173 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37176 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37177 \begin_inset Graphics
37178 filename ../images/font-emph.png
37179 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37188 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37191 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37192 Emphasize text, function of the Edit
37194 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
37196 \begin_inset space ~
37207 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37208 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37211 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37212 \begin_inset Graphics
37213 filename ../images/font-noun.png
37214 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37223 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37226 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37227 Set text to noun style, function of the Edit
37229 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
37231 \begin_inset space ~
37242 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37243 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37246 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37247 \begin_inset Graphics
37248 filename ../images/textstyle-apply.png
37249 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37258 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37261 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37262 Formats text using the current settings in the
37264 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37266 \begin_inset space ~
37277 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37278 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37281 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37282 \begin_inset Graphics
37283 filename ../images/math-mode.png
37284 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37293 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37296 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37299 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37300 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37302 \begin_inset space ~
37311 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37312 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37315 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37316 \begin_inset Graphics
37317 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_graphics.png
37318 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37319 rotateOrigin center
37328 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37331 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37334 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37341 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37342 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37345 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37346 \begin_inset Graphics
37347 filename ../images/tabular-insert.png
37348 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37349 rotateOrigin center
37358 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37361 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37364 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37371 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37372 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37375 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37376 \begin_inset Graphics
37377 filename ../images/dialog-toggle_toc.png
37378 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37379 rotateOrigin center
37388 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37391 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37392 Toggle outline window on/off,
37394 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37401 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37402 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37405 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37406 \begin_inset Graphics
37407 filename ../images/toolbar-toggle_math.png
37408 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37409 rotateOrigin center
37418 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37421 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37422 Toggle math toolbar on/off
37428 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37429 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37432 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37433 \begin_inset Graphics
37434 filename ../images/toolbar-toggle_table.png
37435 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37436 rotateOrigin center
37445 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37448 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37449 Toggle table toolbar on/off
37462 \begin_layout Subsection
37467 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37476 \begin_layout Standard
37477 \begin_inset Graphics
37478 filename clipart/ExtraToolbar.png
37486 \begin_layout Standard
37487 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
37493 \begin_layout Standard
37494 The extra toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
37498 \begin_layout Standard
37499 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
37505 \begin_layout Standard
37506 \begin_inset Tabular
37507 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="24" columns="2">
37508 <features islongtable="true">
37509 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
37510 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
37511 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37512 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37515 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37516 \begin_inset Graphics
37517 filename ../images/layout.png
37518 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37519 rotateOrigin center
37528 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37531 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37538 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37539 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37542 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37543 \begin_inset Graphics
37544 filename ../images/layout_Enumerate.png
37545 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37546 rotateOrigin center
37555 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37558 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37565 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37566 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37569 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37570 \begin_inset Graphics
37571 filename ../images/layout_Itemize.png
37572 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37573 rotateOrigin center
37582 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37585 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37592 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37593 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37596 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37597 \begin_inset Graphics
37598 filename ../images/layout_List.png
37599 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37600 rotateOrigin center
37609 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37612 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37619 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37620 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37623 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37624 \begin_inset Graphics
37625 filename ../images/layout_Description.png
37626 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37627 rotateOrigin center
37636 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37639 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37646 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37647 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37650 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37651 \begin_inset Graphics
37652 filename ../images/depth-increment.png
37653 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37654 rotateOrigin center
37663 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37666 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37669 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37671 \begin_inset space ~
37675 \begin_inset space ~
37684 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37685 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37688 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37689 \begin_inset Graphics
37690 filename ../images/depth-decrement.png
37691 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37692 rotateOrigin center
37701 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37704 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37707 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37709 \begin_inset space ~
37713 \begin_inset space ~
37722 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37723 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37726 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37727 \begin_inset Graphics
37728 filename ../images/float-insert_figure.png
37729 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37738 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37741 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37744 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37745 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37752 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37753 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37756 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37757 \begin_inset Graphics
37758 filename ../images/float-insert_table.png
37759 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37768 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37771 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37774 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37775 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37782 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37783 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37786 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37787 \begin_inset Graphics
37788 filename ../images/label-insert.png
37789 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37798 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37801 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37804 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37811 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37812 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37815 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37816 \begin_inset Graphics
37817 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_ref.png
37818 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37827 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37830 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37833 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37840 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37841 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37844 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37845 \begin_inset Graphics
37846 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_citation.png
37847 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37856 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37859 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37862 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37869 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37870 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37873 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37874 \begin_inset Graphics
37875 filename ../images/index-insert.png
37876 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37885 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37888 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37891 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37893 \begin_inset space ~
37902 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37903 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37906 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37907 \begin_inset Graphics
37908 filename ../images/nomencl-insert.png
37909 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37918 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37921 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37924 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37926 \begin_inset space ~
37935 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37936 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37939 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37940 \begin_inset Graphics
37941 filename ../images/footnote-insert.png
37942 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37951 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37954 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37957 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37964 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37965 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37968 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37969 \begin_inset Graphics
37970 filename ../images/marginalnote-insert.png
37971 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37972 rotateOrigin center
37981 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37984 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37987 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37989 \begin_inset space ~
37998 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37999 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38002 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38003 \begin_inset Graphics
38004 filename ../images/note-insert.png
38005 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38014 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38017 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38020 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38021 Note\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38023 \begin_inset space ~
38032 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38033 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38036 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38037 \begin_inset Graphics
38038 filename ../images/box-insert.png
38039 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38048 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38051 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38054 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38061 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38062 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38065 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38066 \begin_inset Graphics
38067 filename ../images/url-insert.png
38068 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38077 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38080 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38083 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38090 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38091 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38094 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38095 \begin_inset Graphics
38096 filename ../images/ert-insert.png
38097 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38106 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38109 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38112 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38119 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38134 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38135 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38138 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38139 \begin_inset Graphics
38140 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_include.png
38141 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38150 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38153 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38156 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38157 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38159 \begin_inset space ~
38168 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38169 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38172 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38173 \begin_inset Graphics
38174 filename ../images/dialog-show_character.png
38175 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38176 rotateOrigin center
38185 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38188 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38191 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38193 \begin_inset space ~
38202 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38203 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38206 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38207 \begin_inset Graphics
38208 filename ../images/layout-paragraph.png
38209 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38210 rotateOrigin center
38219 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38222 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38225 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38227 \begin_inset space ~
38236 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38237 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38240 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38241 \begin_inset Graphics
38242 filename ../images/thesaurus-entry.png
38243 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38244 rotateOrigin center
38253 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38256 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38259 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38273 \begin_layout Subsection
38274 View / Update Toolbar
38278 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38279 Toolbar ! View / Update
38287 \begin_layout Standard
38288 \begin_inset Graphics
38289 filename clipart/ViewToolbar.png
38296 \begin_layout Standard
38297 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
38303 \begin_layout Standard
38304 The view / update toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the
38308 \begin_layout Standard
38309 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
38315 \begin_layout Standard
38316 \begin_inset Tabular
38317 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="6" columns="2">
38318 <features islongtable="true">
38319 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
38320 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
38321 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38322 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38325 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38326 \begin_inset Graphics
38327 filename ../images/buffer-view_dvi.png
38328 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38329 rotateOrigin center
38338 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38341 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38344 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38351 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38352 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38355 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38356 \begin_inset Graphics
38357 filename ../images/buffer-update_dvi.png
38358 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38359 rotateOrigin center
38368 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38371 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38374 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38375 Update\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38382 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38383 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38386 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38387 \begin_inset Graphics
38388 filename ../images/buffer-view_pdf2.png
38389 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38390 rotateOrigin center
38399 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38402 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38405 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38412 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38413 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38416 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38417 \begin_inset Graphics
38418 filename ../images/buffer-update_pdf2.png
38419 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38420 rotateOrigin center
38429 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38432 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38435 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38436 Update\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38441 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38442 This button is on some LyX for Windows installations not here because its
38443 functionality is merged with
38445 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38460 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38461 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38464 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38465 \begin_inset Graphics
38466 filename ../images/buffer-view_ps.png
38467 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38468 rotateOrigin center
38477 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38480 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38483 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38490 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38491 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38494 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38495 \begin_inset Graphics
38496 filename ../images/buffer-update_ps.png
38497 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38498 rotateOrigin center
38507 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38510 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38513 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38514 Update\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38528 \begin_layout Subsection
38532 \begin_layout Standard
38533 The change tracking toolbar is explained in section
38534 \begin_inset space ~
38538 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38540 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
38544 , the table toolbar
38548 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38554 is explained in the
38561 \begin_layout Chapter
38567 \begin_inset CommandInset label
38569 name "cha:The-Preferences-dialog"
38577 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38586 \begin_layout Standard
38587 The preferences dialog is called with the menu Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38589 It consists of submenus explained in the following.
38592 \begin_layout Section
38596 \begin_layout Subsection
38598 \begin_inset CommandInset label
38608 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38609 Customization ! of toolbars
38618 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38619 Customization ! of menus
38627 \begin_layout Standard
38628 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
38631 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38636 You have to restart LyX before changes in ui- and bind-files take effect.
38644 \begin_layout Subsubsection
38645 User Interface File
38649 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38650 Customization ! of toolbars
38659 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38660 Customization ! of menus
38668 \begin_layout Standard
38669 The appearance of the menus and toolbars can be changed by choosing an user
38670 interface (ui) file.
38671 An ui-file is a textfile where the toolbars and menus are listed.
38672 The toolbar buttons and menu entries are specified in the files
38681 Both files are loaded by the
38686 To create your own menu and toolbar layout, start with a copy of these
38687 files and edit the entries.
38690 \begin_layout Standard
38691 The syntax of the .inc-files is straightforward: The
38703 entries must be ended with an explicit
38728 and in the case of the
38729 \begin_inset Quotes eld
38733 \begin_inset Quotes erd
38741 The syntax for the entries is:
38744 \begin_layout Standard
38745 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
38751 \begin_inset Quotes erd
38759 \begin_inset Quotes erd
38763 \begin_inset Quotes erd
38767 \begin_inset Quotes erd
38773 \begin_layout Standard
38775 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
38778 All LyX-functions are listed in
38779 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
38788 \begin_layout Standard
38789 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
38795 \begin_layout Standard
38796 An example: Assuming you use the menu
38798 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38801 quite often and therefore want six available bookmarks, you can add the
38805 \begin_layout Standard
38806 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
38811 Item "Save Bookmark 6" "bookmark-save 6"
38814 \begin_layout Standard
38816 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
38819 to the navigate menu section in the .inc-file to have the sixth bookmark.
38822 \begin_layout Subsubsection
38827 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38836 \begin_layout Standard
38837 Bindings are used to bind a function to a key.
38838 Several binding files are available:
38841 \begin_layout Description
38842 cua.bind typical set of PC keyboard shortcuts
38845 \begin_layout Description
38846 (x)emacs.bind set of bindings like they are used in the editor programs
38857 \begin_layout Description
38858 mac.bind set of bindings for
38861 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
38869 \begin_layout Standard
38870 There are also bind-files designed for special document classes, like
38874 , and bind files for special languages.
38875 The name of language bind-files begin with a language code, e.g.
38877 \begin_inset Quotes eld
38881 \begin_inset Quotes erd
38885 If you use LyX in a certain language, LyX will try to use the appropriate
38889 \begin_layout Standard
38890 Some bind-files, like
38894 , have only a small scope.
38895 When looking at the the end of the file
38899 , you can see that they are included to keep the overview in the bind-file.
38902 \begin_layout Standard
38903 If you like to customize the keybindings to your own taste, modify the bind-file
38904 s with a text editor.
38905 The syntax of the entries is:
38908 \begin_layout Standard
38914 \begin_inset Quotes erd
38918 \begin_inset Quotes erd
38922 \begin_inset Quotes erd
38926 \begin_inset Quotes erd
38932 \begin_layout Standard
38933 All LyX-functions are listed in
38934 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
38943 \begin_layout Subsubsection
38947 \begin_layout Standard
38951 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
38955 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
38958 restore window size, or use fixed size
38960 is not checked, you can specify the size of LyX's main window when LyX
38964 \begin_layout Standard
38968 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
38972 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
38975 restore window position
38977 LyX will be opened with its main window at the last used position.
38980 \begin_layout Standard
38983 Restore cursor positions
38985 sets the cursor to the position in the file where it has been the last
38989 \begin_layout Standard
38992 Load opened files from last session
38994 opens all files that were opened in the last LyX session.
38997 \begin_layout Subsubsection
38999 \begin_inset CommandInset label
39001 name "sub:Backup documents"
39009 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39018 \begin_layout Standard
39023 is set, you can specify the time between backup saves.
39026 \begin_layout Standard
39031 is the number of last opened files that LyX should display in the menu
39034 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39036 \begin_inset space ~
39044 \begin_layout Subsubsection
39048 \begin_layout Standard
39051 Cursor follows scrollbar
39053 sets the cursor to the top of the currently displayed document part when
39057 \begin_layout Subsubsection
39061 \begin_layout Standard
39064 Enable Pixmap Cache
39066 enabled, LyX needs to redraw the screen less often.
39067 This results in better performance, especially on slow systems.
39068 On the other hand, the characters might look more fuzzy on screen.
39069 So whether you enable this or not depends on whether you prefer speed over
39071 Note that the Pixmap Cache is only available and useful under Mac
39072 \begin_inset space ~
39078 \begin_layout Subsection
39083 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39090 \begin_inset CommandInset label
39092 name "sub:Screen-Fonts"
39099 \begin_layout Standard
39100 These fonts are used to display your documents on the screen.
39103 \begin_layout Standard
39104 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
39107 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39112 This section only deals with the fonts
39117 The fonts that appear on the output are independent from these fonts, and
39120 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39121 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39132 \begin_layout Standard
39133 By default, LyX uses
39137 as roman (serif) font,
39145 (depends on the system) as
39148 \begin_inset space ~
39164 \begin_layout Standard
39165 You can change the font size with the
39172 \begin_layout Standard
39177 is the screen resolution in dpi (dots per inch).
39178 The Font Sizes are calculated as letter height in units of points.
39180 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39183 points have the size of 1
39184 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39188 \begin_inset space ~
39192 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39194 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
39201 \begin_layout Standard
39206 are the same as if a document font size of 10
39207 \begin_inset Formula $\,$
39211 The sizes are explained in detail in section
39212 \begin_inset space ~
39216 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39218 reference "sub:Document-Font"
39225 \begin_layout Subsection
39230 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39240 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39249 \begin_layout Standard
39250 You can here change all colors used by LyX.
39251 Choose an item in the list and use the
39258 \begin_layout Subsection
39263 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39264 Settings ! Graphics
39272 \begin_layout Standard
39273 Here you can specify how graphics inside LyX are displayed.
39276 \begin_layout Standard
39281 enables previewing snippets of your document.
39282 This feature is described in section
39283 \begin_inset space ~
39287 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39289 reference "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
39296 \begin_layout Subsection
39301 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39311 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39312 Settings ! Keyboard Map
39318 \begin_inset CommandInset label
39320 name "sub:Keyboard-Map"
39327 \begin_layout Standard
39328 Normally keyboard settings have to be done in a menu of your operating system.
39329 For the case that this is not possible, LyX provides keyboard maps.
39331 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39335 \begin_inset space ~
39338 a Czech keyboard but want to write with it like with a Romanian one, you
39339 can use the keyboard map file named
39346 \begin_layout Standard
39347 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
39350 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39355 Keyboard maps are only provided as makeshift and don't work on all systems.
39363 \begin_layout Section
39368 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39378 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39379 Settings ! Directory
39387 \begin_layout Description
39389 \begin_inset space ~
39392 directory This is LyX's working directory.
39393 It is the default when you
39404 \begin_inset space ~
39412 \begin_layout Description
39414 \begin_inset space ~
39417 templates This directory will be opened when you use the menu
39419 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39421 \begin_inset space ~
39425 \begin_inset space ~
39433 \begin_layout Description
39435 \begin_inset space ~
39442 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39448 Backup copies will be saved to this directory.
39449 When no directory is given but backups are enabled as described in section
39450 \begin_inset space ~
39454 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39456 reference "sub:Backup documents"
39464 will be used to save the backups.
39465 \begin_inset Newline newline
39468 The backup files have the ending
39469 \begin_inset Quotes eld
39473 \begin_inset Quotes erd
39479 \begin_layout Description
39484 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39491 XServer-Pipe Here you can enter the name of a Unix-pipe.
39492 This pipe is used to send data from external programs to LyX.
39493 \begin_inset Newline newline
39497 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
39500 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39505 This feature doesn't work on Windows systems.
39513 \begin_layout Description
39515 \begin_inset space ~
39518 directory Temporary files will be saved in this directory.
39521 \begin_layout Description
39523 \begin_inset space ~
39526 prefix This field contains a list of paths to external programs.
39527 When LyX needs to use an external program, it looks in this list where
39528 to find it on the system.
39529 The path list is automatically set up on Windows and Mac systems while
39530 LyX is configured, so that you normally don't have to modify it.
39532 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39536 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39539 Linux systems, the path list will need to be set only if there are external
39540 programs you wish to use that are not in your normal system path ($PATH).
39544 \begin_layout Section
39548 \begin_layout Standard
39549 Here you can insert your name and email address.
39550 The identity will be used when you have enabled change tracking as described
39552 \begin_inset space ~
39556 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39558 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
39562 , to mark changes you make as yours.
39565 \begin_layout Section
39570 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39571 Language ! Settings
39580 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39581 Settings ! Language
39589 \begin_layout Subsection
39593 \begin_layout Description
39595 \begin_inset space ~
39598 language is the language used in new documents
39601 \begin_layout Description
39603 \begin_inset space ~
39606 package is a LaTeX-command to load a LaTeX-package that handles language
39608 The default is the LaTeX-command
39614 that loads the package
39622 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39623 For an introduction to the LaTeX-Syntax, have a look at section
39624 \begin_inset space ~
39628 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39630 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
39640 \begin_inset Newline newline
39647 translates in the background automatically text labels of documents to
39648 the document language.
39649 A text label is for instance the word
39650 \begin_inset Quotes eld
39654 \begin_inset Quotes erd
39657 at the beginning of every table-caption.
39660 \begin_layout Description
39662 \begin_inset space ~
39665 start When a special LaTeX-package is needed to write in a certain document
39666 language, you can here specify the command to start the package.
39667 An example is the start command
39673 that is needed to write Arabic using the package
39678 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
39693 selectlanguage{$$lang}
39698 \begin_layout Description
39700 \begin_inset space ~
39708 Some packages, like the default, don't have an end command since the start
39709 command toggles the package on and off.
39712 \begin_layout Description
39714 \begin_inset space ~
39724 \begin_layout Description
39725 Global When this option is set, the languages used in the document will
39726 be added as options to the document class options, so that they can be
39727 used by all Latex@LaTeX-packages.
39728 Otherwise they will only be used as options for the
39735 \begin_layout Description
39737 \begin_inset space ~
39740 begin When this option is set, the documents starts with the chosen document
39742 When this option is not set, the
39745 \begin_inset space ~
39750 is explicitly set to the beginning of the document in the LaTeX-output.
39751 This assures that the correct language is used when you use another
39754 \begin_inset space ~
39762 \begin_layout Description
39764 \begin_inset space ~
39770 \begin_inset space ~
39776 When it is not set, the
39779 \begin_inset space ~
39784 is set to the end of the document.
39787 \begin_layout Description
39789 \begin_inset space ~
39793 \begin_inset space ~
39796 languages Text marked formatted in a language different from the document
39797 language will be underlined blue.
39800 \begin_layout Description
39802 \begin_inset space ~
39806 \begin_inset space ~
39810 \begin_inset space ~
39814 \begin_inset space ~
39817 support Enables the use of languages, written from right to left, like Arabic,
39821 \begin_layout Subsection
39825 \begin_layout Standard
39826 The spellchecker settings are explained in section
39827 \begin_inset space ~
39831 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39833 reference "sec:Spellchecking"
39840 \begin_layout Section
39844 \begin_layout Subsection
39846 \begin_inset CommandInset label
39856 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39866 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39875 \begin_layout Description
39877 \begin_inset space ~
39880 printer Here you can specify the name of your default printer.
39881 The name will be used when the
39886 \begin_inset Newline newline
39890 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
39893 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39898 You can leave this field empty on Windows systems because it has there
39907 \begin_layout Description
39909 \begin_inset space ~
39913 \begin_inset space ~
39917 \begin_inset space ~
39920 printer This option works only for the
39925 \begin_inset Quotes eld
39933 \begin_inset Quotes erd
39937 It activates a configuration file for dvips.
39938 This is an option only for dvips experts.
39941 \begin_layout Description
39943 \begin_inset space ~
39946 command is the command LyX
39947 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39951 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39954 LaTeX uses for printing.
39955 The default is on most systems
39962 \begin_layout Description
39964 \begin_inset space ~
39968 \begin_inset space ~
39971 Options Here you can specify printer options.
39972 A list of printer options with explanations can be found in the documentation
39973 of the program that provides the
39980 \begin_layout Subsection
39985 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39995 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39996 Settings ! Date format
40004 \begin_layout Standard
40005 The date format can be one or a mixture of the formats listed here:
40006 \begin_inset Newline newline
40010 \begin_inset Flex URL
40013 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40015 http://unixhelp.ed.ac.uk/CGI/man-cgi?date
40021 \begin_inset Newline newline
40024 For example the format
40025 \begin_inset Newline newline
40029 \begin_inset Newline newline
40032 prints the date as day/month/year.
40035 \begin_layout Subsection
40039 \begin_layout Description
40041 \begin_inset space ~
40045 \begin_inset space ~
40048 length sets the maximum number of characters printed in one line when using
40051 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40052 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40054 \begin_inset space ~
40060 Setting the line line length to 0 means all text is printed in one endless
40064 \begin_layout Description
40066 \begin_inset space ~
40069 command defines an additional command used to produce better ASCII tables
40074 UNIX-commands (refer to their manuals for more information about them).
40075 Setting this as empty tells LyX to use the internal formatter.
40078 \begin_layout Subsection
40083 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40091 \begin_inset CommandInset label
40093 name "sub:LaTeX-settings"
40101 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40102 Settings ! Latex@LaTeX
40110 \begin_layout Description
40115 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40123 \begin_inset space ~
40126 encoding This is the default encoding of the document font.
40131 is the default and covers western languages and symbols.
40153 Combinations of the encodings are possible, like
40154 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40162 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40166 The font encoding is normally automatically loaded by the language packages
40167 LyX sets up in the background.
40168 So there is no need to change the default encoding.
40171 \begin_layout Description
40173 \begin_inset space ~
40177 \begin_inset space ~
40180 size This is the paper size that is used for new documents.
40185 value depends on your LaTeX-system setup.
40188 \begin_layout Description
40190 \begin_inset space ~
40194 \begin_inset space ~
40198 \begin_inset space ~
40202 \begin_inset space ~
40206 \begin_inset space ~
40210 \begin_inset space ~
40213 changes Removes all manually set document class options in the
40215 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40218 dialog when changing the document class.
40221 \begin_layout Standard
40224 External Applications
40226 field you can specify commands with parameters for the listed applications.
40227 Before you change something here, it is strongly recommended to read the
40228 manuals of the applications.
40229 Currently the following commands can be set:
40232 \begin_layout Description
40237 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40245 \begin_inset space ~
40248 command Command for the program
40252 that is described in section
40263 \begin_layout Description
40268 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40276 \begin_inset space ~
40279 command Command for the program
40283 that generates the bibliography, see section
40284 \begin_inset space ~
40288 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40290 reference "sub:Bibliography-databases"
40297 \begin_layout Description
40299 \begin_inset space ~
40302 command Command for the program that generates the index, see section
40303 \begin_inset space ~
40307 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40309 reference "sub:Index-Program"
40316 \begin_layout Description
40318 \begin_inset space ~
40322 \begin_inset space ~
40326 \begin_inset space ~
40330 \begin_inset space ~
40333 options They only have an effect when the program
40337 is used as DVI-viewer.
40340 \begin_layout Subsection
40345 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40355 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40364 \begin_layout Standard
40369 is only available in the Windows version of LyX.
40372 Use Windows-style paths in LaTeX files
40374 uses the Windows path style:
40377 \begin_layout Standard
40385 \begin_layout Standard
40386 instead of the Unix path style:
40389 \begin_layout Standard
40393 \begin_layout Section
40398 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40407 \begin_layout Standard
40408 Here you find the list of defined converter commands to convert material
40409 from one format to another.
40410 You can modify them or create new ones.
40411 To modify a converter, select it, change the entry of the field
40418 \begin_inset space ~
40428 To create a new converter, select an existing one, select a different format
40432 \begin_inset space ~
40437 drop-down list, modify the
40441 field, and press the
40448 \begin_layout Standard
40451 Converter File Cache
40453 is enabled, conversions will be cached as long as specified in the field
40456 Maximum Age (in days
40459 This means that images don't need to be converted again when you reopen
40460 a document; the converted images from the cache will be used instead.
40463 \begin_layout Standard
40464 More about converters, like the variables and flags that can be used in
40465 the converter definition, is described in section
40476 \begin_layout Section
40481 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40488 \begin_inset CommandInset label
40490 name "sec:File-Formats"
40497 \begin_layout Standard
40498 Here you find the list of defined file formats that LyX can handle.
40499 You can modify the viewer and editor program that should be used for certain
40501 To create a new format, select an existing one, change the entry of the
40509 \begin_inset space ~
40521 \begin_layout Standard
40522 More about formats, like the options that can be used in the format definition,
40523 is described in section
40534 \begin_layout Section
40539 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40548 \begin_layout Standard
40549 Here you find the list of defined copiers.
40550 Since all conversions from one format to another take place in LyX's temporary
40551 directory, it is sometimes necessary to modify a file before copying it
40552 to the temporary directory in order that the conversion may be performed.
40553 This is done by a Copier.
40556 \begin_layout Standard
40557 More about converters is described in section
40568 \begin_layout Chapter
40569 Units available in LyX
40573 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40580 \begin_inset CommandInset label
40582 name "cha:Units-available-in"
40589 \begin_layout Standard
40590 To understand the units described in this documentation,
40591 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40593 reference "cap:Units"
40597 explains all units available in LyX.
40600 \begin_layout Standard
40601 \begin_inset Float table
40607 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40608 \begin_inset Caption
40610 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40611 \begin_inset CommandInset label
40625 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40626 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
40632 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40634 \begin_inset Tabular
40635 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="20" columns="2">
40637 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
40638 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
40640 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
40643 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40649 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
40652 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40660 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
40663 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40669 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
40672 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40680 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
40683 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40689 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
40692 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40700 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
40703 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40709 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
40712 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40720 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
40723 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40729 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
40732 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40734 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40738 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40748 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
40751 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40757 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
40760 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40762 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40766 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40776 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
40779 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40785 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
40788 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40789 scaled point (65536
40790 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40794 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40804 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
40807 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40813 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
40816 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40818 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40822 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40832 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
40835 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40841 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
40844 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40846 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40850 \begin_inset Formula $\approx$
40854 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40864 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
40867 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40873 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
40876 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40878 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40882 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40892 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
40895 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40901 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
40904 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40905 % of original image width
40912 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
40915 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40921 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
40924 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40932 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
40935 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40941 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
40944 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40952 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
40955 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40961 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
40964 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40972 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
40975 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40981 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
40984 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40992 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
40995 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41001 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41004 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41012 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41015 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41021 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41024 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41032 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41035 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41041 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41044 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41056 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41059 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41065 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41068 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41080 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41083 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41089 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41092 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41094 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41098 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41119 \begin_layout Chapter
41121 \begin_inset CommandInset label
41130 \begin_layout Standard
41131 The documentation is a collaborative effort between many different people
41132 (and we would encourage people to contribute!).
41135 \begin_layout Itemize
41138 Alejandro Aguilar Sierra
41141 \begin_layout Itemize
41147 \begin_layout Itemize
41153 \begin_layout Itemize
41159 \begin_layout Itemize
41165 \begin_layout Itemize
41171 \begin_layout Itemize
41177 \begin_layout Itemize
41183 \begin_layout Itemize
41186 Lars Gullik Bjønnes
41189 \begin_layout Itemize
41195 \begin_layout Itemize
41201 \begin_layout Itemize
41207 \begin_layout Itemize
41213 \begin_layout Itemize
41219 \begin_layout Itemize
41225 \begin_layout Itemize
41231 \begin_layout Itemize
41237 \begin_layout Itemize
41239 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
41248 \begin_layout Standard
41249 \begin_inset Newpage newpage
41252 The bibliography on the following page was created with the
41259 \begin_layout Bibliography
41260 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41261 LatexCommand bibitem
41268 \begin_inset CommandInset href
41271 target "http://www.lyx.org/trac/browser/lyx-devel/trunk/lib/CREDITS"
41276 \begin_inset Newline newline
41280 \begin_inset Flex URL
41283 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41285 http://www.lyx.org/trac/browser/lyx-devel/trunk/lib/CREDITS
41293 \begin_layout Bibliography
41294 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41295 LatexCommand bibitem
41296 key "latexcompanion"
41300 Frank Mittelbach and Michel Goossens:
41302 The LaTeX Companion Second Edition.
41305 Addison-Wesley, 2004
41308 \begin_layout Bibliography
41309 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41310 LatexCommand bibitem
41315 Helmut Kopka and Patrick W.
41318 A Guide to LaTeX Fourth Edition.
41321 Addison-Wesley, 2003
41324 \begin_layout Bibliography
41325 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41326 LatexCommand bibitem
41333 LaTeX: A Document Preparation System.
41336 Addison-Wesley, second edition, 1994
41339 \begin_layout Bibliography
41340 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41341 LatexCommand bibitem
41353 Addison-Wesley, 1984
41356 \begin_layout Bibliography
41357 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41358 LatexCommand bibitem
41364 \begin_inset Newline newline
41368 \begin_inset Flex URL
41371 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41373 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/bytopic.html
41381 \begin_layout Bibliography
41382 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41383 LatexCommand bibitem
41389 \begin_inset Newline newline
41393 \begin_inset Flex URL
41396 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41398 http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html
41406 \begin_layout Bibliography
41407 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41408 LatexCommand bibitem
41414 \begin_inset CommandInset href
41416 name "Documentation"
41417 target "http://tug.ctan.org/indexing/makeindex/doc/manpages.dvi"
41426 \begin_inset Newline newline
41430 \begin_inset Flex URL
41433 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41435 http://tug.ctan.org/indexing/makeindex/doc/manpages.dvi
41443 \begin_layout Bibliography
41444 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41445 LatexCommand bibitem
41451 \begin_inset CommandInset href
41453 name "Documentation"
41454 target "http://www.xindy.org/documentation.html"
41463 \begin_inset Newline newline
41467 \begin_inset Flex URL
41470 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41472 http://www.xindy.org/documentation.html
41480 \begin_layout Bibliography
41481 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41482 LatexCommand bibitem
41488 \begin_inset CommandInset href
41490 name "Documentation"
41491 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption.pdf"
41495 of the LaTeX-package
41503 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41504 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! caption
41510 \begin_inset Newline newline
41514 \begin_inset Flex URL
41517 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41519 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption.pdf
41527 \begin_layout Bibliography
41528 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41529 LatexCommand bibitem
41535 \begin_inset CommandInset href
41537 name "Documentation"
41538 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/fancyhdr/fancyhdr.pdf"
41542 of the LaTeX-package
41550 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41551 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! fancyhdr
41557 \begin_inset Newline newline
41561 \begin_inset Flex URL
41564 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41566 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/fancyhdr/fancyhdr.pdf
41574 \begin_layout Bibliography
41575 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41576 LatexCommand bibitem
41582 \begin_inset CommandInset href
41584 name "Documentation"
41585 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/nomencl/nomencl.pdf"
41589 of the LaTeX-package
41597 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41598 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! nomencl
41604 \begin_inset Newline newline
41608 \begin_inset Flex URL
41611 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41613 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/nomencl/nomencl.pdf
41621 \begin_layout Bibliography
41622 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41623 LatexCommand bibitem
41629 \begin_inset CommandInset href
41631 name "Documentation"
41632 target "http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/tipa/tipaman.pdf"
41636 of the LaTeX-package
41644 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41645 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! tipa
41651 \begin_inset Newline newline
41655 \begin_inset Flex URL
41658 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41660 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/tipa/tipaman.pdf
41668 \begin_layout Bibliography
41669 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41670 LatexCommand bibitem
41676 \begin_inset CommandInset href
41678 name "Documentation"
41679 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/wrapfig/wrapfig.sty"
41683 of the LaTeX-package
41691 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41692 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! wrapfig
41698 \begin_inset Newline newline
41702 \begin_inset Flex URL
41705 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41707 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/wrapfig/wrapfig.sty
41715 \begin_layout Bibliography
41716 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41717 LatexCommand bibitem
41723 \begin_inset CommandInset href
41726 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/XeTeX"
41730 how to use LyX with XeTeX:
41731 \begin_inset Newline newline
41735 \begin_inset Flex URL
41738 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41740 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/XeTeX
41748 \begin_layout Bibliography
41749 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41750 LatexCommand bibitem
41756 \begin_inset CommandInset href
41759 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Arabic"
41763 how to set up LyX for Arabic:
41764 \begin_inset Newline newline
41768 \begin_inset Flex URL
41771 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41773 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Arabic
41781 \begin_layout Bibliography
41782 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41783 LatexCommand bibitem
41789 \begin_inset CommandInset href
41792 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Armenian"
41796 how to set up LyX for Armenian:
41797 \begin_inset Newline newline
41801 \begin_inset Flex URL
41804 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41806 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Armenian
41814 \begin_layout Bibliography
41815 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41816 LatexCommand bibitem
41822 \begin_inset CommandInset href
41825 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Farsi"
41829 how to set up LyX for Farsi:
41830 \begin_inset Newline newline
41834 \begin_inset Flex URL
41837 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41839 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Farsi
41847 \begin_layout Bibliography
41848 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41849 LatexCommand bibitem
41855 \begin_inset CommandInset href
41858 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Hebrew"
41862 how to set up LyX for Hebrew:
41863 \begin_inset Newline newline
41867 \begin_inset Flex URL
41870 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41872 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Hebrew
41880 \begin_layout Bibliography
41881 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41882 LatexCommand bibitem
41888 \begin_inset CommandInset href
41891 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Japanese"
41895 how to set up LyX for Japanese:
41896 \begin_inset Newline newline
41900 \begin_inset Flex URL
41903 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41905 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Japanese
41913 \begin_layout Bibliography
41914 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41915 LatexCommand bibitem
41921 \begin_inset CommandInset href
41924 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Vietnamese"
41928 how to set up LyX for Vietnamese:
41929 \begin_inset Newline newline
41933 \begin_inset Flex URL
41936 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41938 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Vietnamese
41946 \begin_layout Bibliography
41947 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41948 LatexCommand bibitem
41954 \begin_inset CommandInset href
41957 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/LyxFunctionList"
41961 with a list of all available LyX-functions:
41962 \begin_inset Newline newline
41966 \begin_inset Flex URL
41969 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41971 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/LyxFunctionList
41979 \begin_layout Bibliography
41980 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41981 LatexCommand bibitem
41987 \begin_inset CommandInset href
41990 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/NewInLyX16"
41994 about new features in
41999 \begin_inset Newline newline
42003 \begin_inset Flex URL
42006 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42008 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/NewInLyX16
42016 \begin_layout Standard
42017 \begin_inset Newpage newpage
42024 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42035 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42051 \begin_inset Note Note
42054 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42061 is the name of the bibliography in the current document language.
42062 It is redefined here with the number 2 at the end to state that the following
42063 bibliography is the second one:
42071 \begin_layout Standard
42072 \begin_inset CommandInset bibtex
42073 LatexCommand bibtex
42074 bibfiles "biblio/LyXDocs"
42075 options "biblio/alphadin"
42082 \begin_layout Standard
42083 The above bibliography is created from a BibTeX-database.
42086 \begin_layout Standard
42089 \begin_inset CommandInset nomencl_print
42090 LatexCommand printnomenclature
42095 \begin_inset CommandInset index_print
42096 LatexCommand printindex